Make $wgExperimentalHtmlIds fall back on modern HTML5 mode
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.30.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @var int|bool
759 *
760 * @since 1.22
761 */
762 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
763
764 /**
765 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
766 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
767 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
768 * for non-specified types.
769 *
770 * @par Example:
771 * @code
772 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
773 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
774 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
775 * ];
776 * @endcode
777 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
778 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
779 */
780 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
781
782 /**
783 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
784 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
785 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
786 * @since 1.26
787 */
788 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
789
790 /**
791 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
792 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
793 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
794 *
795 * @par Example:
796 * @code
797 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
798 * @endcode
799 */
800 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
801
802 /**
803 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
804 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
805 * appended to it as appropriate.
806 */
807 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
808
809 /**
810 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
811 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
812 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
813 * access to the thumbnail path.
814 *
815 * @par Example:
816 * @code
817 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
818 * @endcode
819 */
820 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
821
822 /**
823 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
824 */
825 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
826
827 /**
828 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
829 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
830 *
831 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
832 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
833 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
834 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
835 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
836 *
837 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
838 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
839 */
840 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
841
842 /**
843 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
844 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
845 * directory layout.
846 */
847 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
848
849 /**
850 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
851 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
852 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
853 * image description page on this wiki.
854 *
855 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
856 */
857 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
858
859 /**
860 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
861 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
862 *
863 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
864 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
865 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
866 */
867 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
868
869 /**
870 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
871 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
872 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
873 */
874 $wgFileBlacklist = [
875 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
876 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
877 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
878 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
879 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
880 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
881 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
882 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
883
884 /**
885 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
886 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
887 */
888 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
889 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
890 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
891 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
892 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
893 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
894 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
895 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
896 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
897 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
898 'application/x-msmetafile',
899 ];
900
901 /**
902 * Allow Java archive uploads.
903 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
904 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
905 */
906 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
907
908 /**
909 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
910 *
911 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
912 */
913 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
914
915 /**
916 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
917 * by $wgFileExtensions.
918 *
919 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
920 */
921 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
922
923 /**
924 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
925 *
926 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
927 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
928 */
929 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
930
931 /**
932 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
933 */
934 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
935
936 /**
937 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
938 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
939 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
940 *
941 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
942 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
943 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
944 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
945 */
946 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
947 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
948 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
949 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
950 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
951 "application/pdf", // PDF files
952 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
953 ];
954
955 /**
956 * Plugins for media file type handling.
957 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
958 *
959 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
960 * and extensions should use extension.json.
961 */
962 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
963
964 /**
965 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
966 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
967 */
968 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
969 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
970 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
978 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
979 ];
980
981 /**
982 * Plugins for page content model handling.
983 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
984 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
985 *
986 * @since 1.21
987 */
988 $wgContentHandlers = [
989 // the usual case
990 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
991 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
992 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
993 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
994 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
995 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
996 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
997 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
998 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
999 ];
1000
1001 /**
1002 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1003 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1004 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1005 */
1006 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1007
1008 /**
1009 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1010 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1011 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1012 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1013 *
1014 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1015 */
1016 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1017
1018 /**
1019 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1020 */
1021 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1022
1023 /**
1024 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1025 * @since 1.27
1026 */
1027 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1028
1029 /**
1030 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1031 */
1032 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1033
1034 /**
1035 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1036 */
1037 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1038
1039 /**
1040 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1041 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1042 */
1043 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1044
1045 /**
1046 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1047 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1048 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1049 *
1050 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1051 * @code
1052 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1053 * @endcode
1054 *
1055 * Leave as false to skip this.
1056 */
1057 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1058
1059 /**
1060 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1061 *
1062 * @since 1.21
1063 */
1064 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1065
1066 /**
1067 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1068 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1069 * at sharp edges.
1070 *
1071 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1072 *
1073 * Supported values:
1074 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1075 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1076 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1077 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1078 *
1079 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1080 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1081 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1082 *
1083 * @since 1.27
1084 */
1085 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1086
1087 /**
1088 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1089 * image formats.
1090 */
1091 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1092
1093 /**
1094 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1095 *
1096 * @since 1.26
1097 */
1098 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1099
1100 /**
1101 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1102 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1103 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1104 *
1105 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1106 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1107 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1108 */
1109 $wgSVGConverters = [
1110 'ImageMagick' =>
1111 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1112 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1113 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1114 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1115 . '$output $input',
1116 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1117 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1118 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1119 ];
1120
1121 /**
1122 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1123 */
1124 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1125
1126 /**
1127 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1128 */
1129 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1130
1131 /**
1132 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1133 */
1134 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1135
1136 /**
1137 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1138 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1139 */
1140 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1141
1142 /**
1143 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1144 *
1145 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1146 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1147 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1148 *
1149 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1150 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1151 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1152 */
1153 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1154
1155 /**
1156 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1157 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1158 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1159 *
1160 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1161 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1162 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1163 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1164 *
1165 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1166 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1167 */
1168 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1169
1170 /**
1171 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1172 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1173 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1174 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1175 */
1176 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1177
1178 /**
1179 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1180 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1181 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1182 *
1183 * @par Example:
1184 * @code
1185 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1186 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1187 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1188 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1189 * @endcode
1190 */
1191 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1192
1193 /**
1194 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1195 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1196 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1197 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1198 */
1199 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1200
1201 /**
1202 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1203 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1204 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1205 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1206 */
1207 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1211 * output instead of showing an error message.
1212 *
1213 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1214 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1215 *
1216 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1217 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1218 * are logged to a file for review.
1219 */
1220 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1221
1222 /**
1223 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1224 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1225 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1226 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1227 * webserver(s).
1228 */
1229 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1233 */
1234 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1235
1236 /**
1237 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1238 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1239 * is available that can rotate.
1240 */
1241 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1242
1243 /**
1244 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1245 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1246 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1247 */
1248 $wgAntivirus = null;
1249
1250 /**
1251 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1252 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1253 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1254 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1255 *
1256 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1257 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1258 *
1259 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1260 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1261 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1262 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1263 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1264 * path.
1265 *
1266 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1267 * function in SpecialUpload.
1268 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1269 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1270 * is not set.
1271 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1272 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1273 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1274 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1275 * no virus was found.
1276 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1277 * a virus.
1278 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1279 *
1280 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1281 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1282 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1283 */
1284 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1285
1286 # setup for clamav
1287 'clamav' => [
1288 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1289 'codemap' => [
1290 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1291 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1292 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1293 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1294 ],
1295 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1296 ],
1297 ];
1298
1299 /**
1300 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1301 */
1302 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1306 */
1307 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1308
1309 /**
1310 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1311 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1312 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1313 */
1314 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1318 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1319 */
1320 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1321
1322 /**
1323 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1324 * the MIME type to standard output.
1325 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1326 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1327 *
1328 * @par Example:
1329 * @code
1330 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1331 * @endcode
1332 */
1333 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1334
1335 /**
1336 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1337 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1338 * can be trusted.
1339 */
1340 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1341
1342 /**
1343 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1344 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1345 */
1346 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1347 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1348 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1349 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1350 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1351 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1352 ];
1353
1354 /**
1355 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1356 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1357 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1358 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1359 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1360 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1361 */
1362 $wgImageLimits = [
1363 [ 320, 240 ],
1364 [ 640, 480 ],
1365 [ 800, 600 ],
1366 [ 1024, 768 ],
1367 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1368 ];
1369
1370 /**
1371 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1372 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1373 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1374 */
1375 $wgThumbLimits = [
1376 120,
1377 150,
1378 180,
1379 200,
1380 250,
1381 300
1382 ];
1383
1384 /**
1385 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1386 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1387 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1388 *
1389 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1390 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1391 * supports it.
1392 */
1393 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1394
1395 /**
1396 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1397 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1398 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1399 * following buckets:
1400 *
1401 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1402 *
1403 * and a distance of 50:
1404 *
1405 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1406 *
1407 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1408 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1409 */
1410 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1411
1412 /**
1413 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1414 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1415 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1416 *
1417 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1418 *
1419 * @since 1.25
1420 */
1421
1422 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1423
1424 /**
1425 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1426 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1427 *
1428 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1429 * thumbnail's URL.
1430 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1431 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1432 *
1433 * @since 1.25
1434 */
1435 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1436
1437 /**
1438 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1439 *
1440 * @since 1.25
1441 */
1442 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1443
1444 /**
1445 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1446 * HTTP request to.
1447 *
1448 * @since 1.25
1449 */
1450 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1451
1452 /**
1453 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1454 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1455 *
1456 * @since 1.26
1457 */
1458 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1459
1460 /**
1461 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1462 * Fields are:
1463 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1464 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1465 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1466 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1467 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1468 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1469 * @deprecated since 1.28
1470 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1471 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1472 * - mode: Gallery mode
1473 */
1474 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1475
1476 /**
1477 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1478 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1479 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1480 */
1481 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1482
1483 /**
1484 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1485 */
1486 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1487
1488 /**
1489 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1490 *
1491 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1492 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1493 *
1494 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1495 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1496 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1497 */
1498 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * @name DJVU settings
1502 * @{
1503 */
1504
1505 /**
1506 * Path of the djvudump executable
1507 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1508 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1509 */
1510 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1511
1512 /**
1513 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1514 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1515 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1516 */
1517 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1518
1519 /**
1520 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1521 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1522 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1523 */
1524 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1525
1526 /**
1527 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1528 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1529 *
1530 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1531 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1532 * the efficiency problem.
1533 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1534 *
1535 * @par Example:
1536 * @code
1537 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1538 * @endcode
1539 */
1540 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1541
1542 /**
1543 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1544 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1545 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1546 */
1547 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1548
1549 /**
1550 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1551 */
1552 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1553
1554 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1555
1556 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1557
1558 /************************************************************************//**
1559 * @name Email settings
1560 * @{
1561 */
1562
1563 /**
1564 * Site admin email address.
1565 *
1566 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1567 */
1568 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1569
1570 /**
1571 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1572 *
1573 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1574 *
1575 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1576 */
1577 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1578
1579 /**
1580 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1581 *
1582 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1583 */
1584 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1585
1586 /**
1587 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1588 *
1589 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1590 */
1591 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1592
1593 /**
1594 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1595 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1596 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1597 */
1598 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1599
1600 /**
1601 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1602 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1603 */
1604 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1605
1606 /**
1607 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1608 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1609 *
1610 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1611 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1612 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1613 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1614 */
1615 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1619 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1620 */
1621 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1622
1623 /**
1624 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1625 */
1626 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1627
1628 /**
1629 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1630 */
1631 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1632
1633 /**
1634 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1635 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1636 */
1637 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1641 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1642 */
1643 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1644
1645 /**
1646 * SMTP Mode.
1647 *
1648 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1649 * Default to false or fill an array :
1650 *
1651 * @code
1652 * $wgSMTP = [
1653 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1654 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1655 * 'port' => '25',
1656 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1657 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1658 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1659 * ];
1660 * @endcode
1661 */
1662 $wgSMTP = false;
1663
1664 /**
1665 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1666 */
1667 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1668
1669 /**
1670 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1671 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1672 */
1673 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1677 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1678 */
1679 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1680
1681 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1682 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1683 # enable or disable at their discretion
1684 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1685 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1686
1687 /**
1688 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1689 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1690 * spam relay.
1691 */
1692 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1693
1694 /**
1695 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1696 */
1697 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1698
1699 /**
1700 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1701 * user talk page.
1702 *
1703 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1704 * preference set to true.
1705 */
1706 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1710 * allowed this in the preferences.
1711 */
1712 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1713
1714 /**
1715 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1716 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1717 *
1718 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1719 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1720 *
1721 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1722 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1723 *
1724 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1725 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1726 */
1727 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1728
1729 /**
1730 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1731 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1732 *
1733 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1734 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1735 */
1736 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1737
1738 /**
1739 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1740 * match the limit on your mail server.
1741 */
1742 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1743
1744 /**
1745 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1746 */
1747 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1748
1749 /**
1750 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1751 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1752 */
1753 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1754
1755 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1756
1757 /************************************************************************//**
1758 * @name Database settings
1759 * @{
1760 */
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Database host name or IP address
1764 */
1765 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1769 */
1770 $wgDBport = 5432;
1771
1772 /**
1773 * Name of the database
1774 */
1775 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1776
1777 /**
1778 * Database username
1779 */
1780 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1781
1782 /**
1783 * Database user's password
1784 */
1785 $wgDBpassword = '';
1786
1787 /**
1788 * Database type
1789 */
1790 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1791
1792 /**
1793 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1794 *
1795 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1796 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1797 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1798 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1799 */
1800 $wgDBssl = false;
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1804 *
1805 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1806 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1807 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1808 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1809 */
1810 $wgDBcompress = false;
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1814 */
1815 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1816
1817 /**
1818 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1819 */
1820 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1821
1822 /**
1823 * Search type.
1824 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1825 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1826 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1827 */
1828 $wgSearchType = null;
1829
1830 /**
1831 * Alternative search types
1832 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1833 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1834 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1835 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1836 */
1837 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1838
1839 /**
1840 * Table name prefix
1841 */
1842 $wgDBprefix = '';
1843
1844 /**
1845 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1846 */
1847 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1848
1849 /**
1850 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1851 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1852 * DBA has done his best job.
1853 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1854 */
1855 $wgSQLMode = '';
1856
1857 /**
1858 * Mediawiki schema
1859 */
1860 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1861
1862 /**
1863 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1864 */
1865 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1866
1867 /**
1868 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1869 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1870 * main database.
1871 *
1872 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1873 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1874 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1875 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1876 *
1877 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1878 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1879 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1880 *
1881 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1882 * $wgDBprefix.
1883 *
1884 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1885 * $wgDBmwschema.
1886 *
1887 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1888 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1889 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1890 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1891 */
1892 $wgSharedDB = null;
1893
1894 /**
1895 * @see $wgSharedDB
1896 */
1897 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1898
1899 /**
1900 * @see $wgSharedDB
1901 */
1902 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1903
1904 /**
1905 * @see $wgSharedDB
1906 * @since 1.23
1907 */
1908 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1909
1910 /**
1911 * Database load balancer
1912 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1913 * Fields are:
1914 * - host: Host name
1915 * - dbname: Default database name
1916 * - user: DB user
1917 * - password: DB password
1918 * - type: DB type
1919 *
1920 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1921 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1922 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1923 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1924 *
1925 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1926 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1927 *
1928 * - flags: bit field
1929 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1930 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1931 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1932 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1933 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1934 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1935 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1936 * if available
1937 *
1938 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1939 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1940 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1941 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1942 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1943 *
1944 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1945 * variable of the Database object.
1946 *
1947 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1948 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1949 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1950 *
1951 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1952 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1953 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1954 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1955 *
1956 * @code
1957 * SET @@read_only=1;
1958 * @endcode
1959 *
1960 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1961 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1962 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1963 */
1964 $wgDBservers = false;
1965
1966 /**
1967 * Load balancer factory configuration
1968 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1969 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1970 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1971 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1972 *
1973 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1974 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1975 */
1976 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1977
1978 /**
1979 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1980 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1981 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1982 * @since 1.27
1983 */
1984 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1985
1986 /**
1987 * File to log database errors to
1988 */
1989 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1990
1991 /**
1992 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1993 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1994 *
1995 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1996 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1997 *
1998 * @par Examples:
1999 * @code
2000 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2001 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2002 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2003 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2004 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2005 * @endcode
2006 *
2007 * @since 1.20
2008 */
2009 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2010
2011 /**
2012 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2013 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2014 *
2015 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2016 *
2017 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2018 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2019 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2020 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2021 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2022 *
2023 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2024 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2025 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2026 */
2027 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2028
2029 /**
2030 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2031 *
2032 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2033 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2034 * block).
2035 *
2036 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2037 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2038 * connections.
2039 *
2040 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2041 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2042 * pooled.
2043 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2044 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2045 *
2046 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2047 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2048 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2049 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2050 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2051 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2052 *
2053 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2054 */
2055 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2056
2057 /**
2058 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2059 *
2060 * Array numeric key => database name
2061 */
2062 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2063
2064 /**
2065 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2066 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2067 * show a more obvious warning.
2068 */
2069 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2070
2071 /**
2072 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2073 */
2074 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2075
2076 /**
2077 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2078 */
2079 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2080
2081 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2082
2083 /************************************************************************//**
2084 * @name Text storage
2085 * @{
2086 */
2087
2088 /**
2089 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2090 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2091 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2092 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2093 */
2094 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2095
2096 /**
2097 * External stores allow including content
2098 * from non database sources following URL links.
2099 *
2100 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2101 * @code
2102 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2103 * @endcode
2104 *
2105 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2106 */
2107 $wgExternalStores = [];
2108
2109 /**
2110 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2111 *
2112 * @par Example:
2113 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2114 * @code
2115 * $wgExternalServers = [
2116 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2117 * ];
2118 * @endcode
2119 *
2120 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2121 * another class.
2122 */
2123 $wgExternalServers = [];
2124
2125 /**
2126 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2127 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2128 *
2129 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2130 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2131 *
2132 * @par Example:
2133 * @code
2134 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2135 * @endcode
2136 *
2137 * @var array
2138 */
2139 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2140
2141 /**
2142 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2143 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2144 *
2145 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2146 */
2147 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2148
2149 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2150
2151 /************************************************************************//**
2152 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2153 * @{
2154 */
2155
2156 /**
2157 * Disable database-intensive features
2158 */
2159 $wgMiserMode = false;
2160
2161 /**
2162 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2163 */
2164 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2165
2166 /**
2167 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2168 */
2169 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2170
2171 /**
2172 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2173 */
2174 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2175
2176 /**
2177 * Enable slow parser functions
2178 */
2179 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2180
2181 /**
2182 * Allow schema updates
2183 */
2184 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2185
2186 /**
2187 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2188 */
2189 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2190
2191 /**
2192 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2193 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2194 */
2195 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2196
2197 /**
2198 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2199 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2200 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2201 * @since 1.26
2202 */
2203 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2204
2205 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2206
2207 /************************************************************************//**
2208 * @name Cache settings
2209 * @{
2210 */
2211
2212 /**
2213 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2214 * from the web.
2215 *
2216 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2217 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2218 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2219 */
2220 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2224 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2225 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2226 *
2227 * The options are:
2228 *
2229 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2230 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2231 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2232 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2233 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2234 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2235 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2236 *
2237 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2238 */
2239 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2240
2241 /**
2242 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2243 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2244 *
2245 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2246 */
2247 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2248
2249 /**
2250 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2251 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2252 *
2253 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2254 */
2255 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2256
2257 /**
2258 * The cache type for storing session data.
2259 *
2260 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2261 */
2262 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2263
2264 /**
2265 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2266 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2267 *
2268 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2269 *
2270 * @since 1.20
2271 */
2272 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2273
2274 /**
2275 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2276 *
2277 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2278 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2279 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2280 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2281 *
2282 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2283 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2284 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2285 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2286 */
2287 $wgObjectCaches = [
2288 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2289 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2290
2291 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2292 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2293 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2294
2295 'db-replicated' => [
2296 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2297 'readFactory' => [
2298 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2299 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2300 ],
2301 'writeFactory' => [
2302 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2303 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2304 ],
2305 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2306 'reportDupes' => false
2307 ],
2308
2309 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2310 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2311 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2312 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2313 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2314 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2315 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2316 ];
2317
2318 /**
2319 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2320 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2321 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2322 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2323 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2324 *
2325 * The options are:
2326 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2327 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2328 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2329 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2330 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2331 * @since 1.26
2332 */
2333 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2334
2335 /**
2336 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2337 *
2338 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2339 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2340 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2341 *
2342 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2343 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2344 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2345 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2346 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2347 *
2348 * @since 1.26
2349 */
2350 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2351 CACHE_NONE => [
2352 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2353 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2354 'channels' => []
2355 ]
2356 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2357 'memcached-php' => [
2358 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2359 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2360 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2361 ]
2362 */
2363 ];
2364
2365 /**
2366 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2367 *
2368 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2369 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2370 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2371 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2372 *
2373 * @var bool
2374 * @since 1.29
2375 */
2376 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2377
2378 /**
2379 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2380 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2381 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2382 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2383 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2384 *
2385 * The options are:
2386 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2387 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2388 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2389 *
2390 * @since 1.26
2391 */
2392 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2393
2394 /**
2395 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2396 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2397 */
2398 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2399
2400 /**
2401 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2402 */
2403 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2404
2405 /**
2406 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2407 */
2408 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2409
2410 /**
2411 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2412 */
2413 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2414
2415 /**
2416 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2417 *
2418 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2419 *
2420 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2421 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2422 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2423 * others' cookies.
2424 *
2425 * @since 1.27
2426 * @var string
2427 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2428 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2429 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2430 */
2431 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2432
2433 /**
2434 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2435 *
2436 * @since 1.28
2437 */
2438 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2439
2440 /**
2441 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2442 */
2443 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2444
2445 /**
2446 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2447 */
2448 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2449
2450 /**
2451 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2452 * requests.
2453 */
2454 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2455
2456 /**
2457 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2458 */
2459 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2460
2461 /**
2462 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2463 *
2464 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2465 *
2466 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2467 *
2468 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2469 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2470 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2471 */
2472 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2473
2474 /**
2475 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2476 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2477 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2478 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2479 */
2480 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2481
2482 /**
2483 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2484 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2485 *
2486 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2487 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2488 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2489 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2490 * otherwise the database will be used.
2491 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2492 * store static arrays.
2493 *
2494 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2495 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2496 *
2497 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2498 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2499 * will be used.
2500 *
2501 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2502 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2503 */
2504 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2505 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2506 'store' => 'detect',
2507 'storeClass' => false,
2508 'storeDirectory' => false,
2509 'manualRecache' => false,
2510 ];
2511
2512 /**
2513 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2514 */
2515 $wgCachePages = true;
2516
2517 /**
2518 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2519 * client-side and server-side caching.
2520 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2521 * @verbatim
2522 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2523 * @endverbatim
2524 */
2525 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2526
2527 /**
2528 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2529 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2530 */
2531 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2532
2533 /**
2534 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2535 *
2536 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2537 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2538 * styles.
2539 */
2540 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2541
2542 /**
2543 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2544 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2545 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2546 */
2547 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2548
2549 /**
2550 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2551 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2552 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2553 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2554 */
2555 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2556
2557 /**
2558 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2559 * @deprecated since 1.26
2560 */
2561 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2562
2563 /**
2564 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2565 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2566 */
2567 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2568
2569 /**
2570 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2571 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2572 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2573 *
2574 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2575 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2576 * don't update as expected.
2577 */
2578 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2579
2580 /**
2581 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2582 */
2583 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2584
2585 /**
2586 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2587 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2588 *
2589 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2590 */
2591 $wgUseGzip = false;
2592
2593 /**
2594 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2595 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2596 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2597 * a grace period.
2598 */
2599 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2600
2601 /**
2602 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2603 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2604 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2605 *
2606 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2607 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2608 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2609 */
2610 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2611
2612 /**
2613 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2614 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2615 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2616 *
2617 * @par Example:
2618 * @code
2619 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2620 * @endcode
2621 *
2622 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2623 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2624 *
2625 * @var int|bool
2626 */
2627 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2628
2629 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2630
2631 /************************************************************************//**
2632 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2633 *
2634 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2635 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2636 *
2637 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2638 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2639 * more details.
2640 *
2641 * @{
2642 */
2643
2644 /**
2645 * Enable/disable CDN.
2646 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2647 */
2648 $wgUseSquid = false;
2649
2650 /**
2651 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2652 */
2653 $wgUseESI = false;
2654
2655 /**
2656 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2657 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2658 * @since 1.27
2659 */
2660 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2661
2662 /**
2663 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2664 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2665 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2666 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2667 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2668 * HTTP redirects.
2669 */
2670 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2674 *
2675 * @par Example:
2676 * @code
2677 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2678 * @endcode
2679 */
2680 $wgInternalServer = false;
2681
2682 /**
2683 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2684 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2685 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2686 *
2687 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2688 */
2689 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2690
2691 /**
2692 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2693 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2694 * @since 1.27
2695 */
2696 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2697
2698 /**
2699 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2700 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2701 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2702 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2703 *
2704 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2705 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2706 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2707 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2708 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2709 *
2710 * @since 1.27
2711 */
2712 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2713
2714 /**
2715 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2716 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2717 * @since 1.27
2718 */
2719 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2720
2721 /**
2722 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2723 *
2724 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2725 */
2726 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2727
2728 /**
2729 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2730 *
2731 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2732 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2733 *
2734 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2735 */
2736 $wgSquidServers = [];
2737
2738 /**
2739 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2740 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2741 * CIDR blocks.
2742 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2743 */
2744 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2745
2746 /**
2747 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2748 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2749 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2750 *
2751 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2752 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2753 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2754 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2755 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2756 *
2757 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2758 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2759 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2760 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2761 * reverse).
2762 *
2763 * @since 1.21
2764 */
2765 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2766
2767 /**
2768 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2769 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2770 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2771 *
2772 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2773 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2774 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2775 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2776 *
2777 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2778 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2779 * @code
2780 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2781 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2782 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2783 * 'port' => 4827,
2784 * ],
2785 * '' => [
2786 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2787 * 'port' => 4827,
2788 * ],
2789 * ];
2790 * @endcode
2791 *
2792 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2793 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2794 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2795 *
2796 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2797 * @code
2798 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2799 * '' => [
2800 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2801 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2802 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2803 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2804 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2805 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2806 * ],
2807 * ];
2808 * @endcode
2809 *
2810 * @since 1.22
2811 *
2812 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2813 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2814 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2815 *
2816 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2817 */
2818 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2819
2820 /**
2821 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2822 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2823 */
2824 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2825
2826 /**
2827 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2828 */
2829 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2830
2831 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2832
2833 /************************************************************************//**
2834 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2835 * @{
2836 */
2837
2838 /**
2839 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2840 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2841 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2842 *
2843 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2844 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2845 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2846 *
2847 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2848 * change it in their preferences.
2849 *
2850 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2851 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2852 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2853 */
2854 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2855
2856 /**
2857 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2858 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2859 */
2860 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2861
2862 /**
2863 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2864 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2865 *
2866 * @par Example:
2867 * @code
2868 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2869 * @endcode
2870 */
2871 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2872
2873 /**
2874 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2875 */
2876 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2877
2878 /**
2879 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2880 */
2881 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2882
2883 /**
2884 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2885 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2886 * Notes:
2887 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2888 * map.
2889 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2890 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2891 * this array.
2892 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2893 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2894 * the prefix in this array.
2895 */
2896 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2897
2898 /**
2899 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2900 */
2901 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2902
2903 /**
2904 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2905 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2906 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2907 *
2908 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2909 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2910 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2911 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2912 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2913 *
2914 * @since 1.29
2915 */
2916 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2917 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2918 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2919 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2920 ];
2921
2922 /**
2923 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2924 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2925 *
2926 * @deprecated since 1.29
2927 */
2928 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2929
2930 /**
2931 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2932 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2933 * set to "ar".
2934 *
2935 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2936 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2937 */
2938 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2939
2940 /**
2941 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2942 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2943 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2944 * support these characters.
2945 *
2946 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2947 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2948 */
2949 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2950
2951 /**
2952 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2953 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2954 * impact.
2955 *
2956 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2957 * details.
2958 *
2959 * @since 1.17
2960 */
2961 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2962
2963 /**
2964 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2965 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2966 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2967 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2968 *
2969 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2970 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2971 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2972 */
2973 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2974
2975 /**
2976 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2977 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2978 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2979 */
2980 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2981 /**
2982 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2983 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2984 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2985 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2986 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2987 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2988 *
2989 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2990 */
2991 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2992 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2993 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2994
2995 /**
2996 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2997 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2998 *
2999 * Known useragents:
3000 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
3001 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
3002 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
3003 * - [...]
3004 *
3005 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
3006 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
3007 */
3008 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
3009
3010 /**
3011 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
3012 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
3013 */
3014 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
3015 ];
3016
3017 /**
3018 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3019 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3020 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3021 *
3022 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3023 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3024 * to remain viewable.
3025 *
3026 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3027 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3028 */
3029 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3033 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3034 */
3035 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3036
3037 /**
3038 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3039 * numerals in interface.
3040 */
3041 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3045 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3046 */
3047 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3048
3049 /**
3050 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3051 */
3052 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3053
3054 /**
3055 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3056 */
3057 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3058
3059 /**
3060 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3061 */
3062 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3063
3064 /**
3065 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3066 */
3067 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3068
3069 /**
3070 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3071 */
3072 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3073
3074 /**
3075 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3076 * used to ease variant development work.
3077 */
3078 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3079
3080 /**
3081 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3082 *
3083 * @par Example:
3084 * @code
3085 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3086 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3087 * @endcode
3088 */
3089 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3093 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3094 * language variant.
3095 *
3096 * @par Example:
3097 * @code
3098 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3099 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3100 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3101 * @endcode
3102 *
3103 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3104 *
3105 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3106 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3107 */
3108 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3109
3110 /**
3111 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3112 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3113 * customise these.
3114 */
3115 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3116
3117 /**
3118 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3119 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3120 *
3121 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3122 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3123 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3124 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3125 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3126 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3127 * the default behavior.
3128 *
3129 * @par Example:
3130 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3131 * portal:
3132 * @code
3133 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3134 * @endcode
3135 */
3136 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3137
3138 /**
3139 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3140 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3141 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3142 *
3143 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3144 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3145 *
3146 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3147 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3148 *
3149 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3150 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3151 *
3152 * @par Examples:
3153 * @code
3154 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3155 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3156 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3157 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3158 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3159 * @endcode
3160 */
3161 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3162
3163 /**
3164 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3165 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3166 *
3167 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3168 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3169 *
3170 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3171 */
3172 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3173
3174 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3175
3176 /*************************************************************************//**
3177 * @name Output format and skin settings
3178 * @{
3179 */
3180
3181 /**
3182 * The default Content-Type header.
3183 */
3184 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3188 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3189 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3190 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3191 * @deprecated since 1.22
3192 */
3193 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3194
3195 /**
3196 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3197 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3198 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3199 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3200 * @deprecated since 1.22
3201 */
3202 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3206 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3207 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3208 * to true by Setup.php.
3209 * @deprecated since 1.22
3210 */
3211 $wgHtml5 = true;
3212
3213 /**
3214 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3215 *
3216 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3217 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3218 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3219 * @since 1.16
3220 */
3221 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3222
3223 /**
3224 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3225 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3226 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3227 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3228 * @since 1.24
3229 */
3230 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3231
3232 /**
3233 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3234 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3235 * stable and change has been communicated.
3236 * @since 1.24
3237 */
3238 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3242 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3243 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3244 *
3245 * @since 1.28
3246 */
3247 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3248
3249 /**
3250 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3251 *
3252 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3253 *
3254 * @par Example:
3255 * @code
3256 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3257 * @endcode
3258 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3259 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3260 *
3261 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3262 */
3263 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3264
3265 /**
3266 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3267 *
3268 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3269 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3270 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3271 */
3272 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3273
3274 /**
3275 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3276 */
3277 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3278
3279 /**
3280 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3281 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3282 */
3283 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3284
3285 /**
3286 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3287 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3288 */
3289 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3290
3291 /**
3292 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3293 *
3294 * @since 1.24
3295 */
3296 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3297
3298 /**
3299 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3300 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3301 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3302 */
3303 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3304
3305 /**
3306 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3307 */
3308 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3309
3310 /**
3311 * Allow user Javascript page?
3312 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3313 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3314 */
3315 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3316
3317 /**
3318 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3319 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3320 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3321 */
3322 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3323
3324 /**
3325 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3326 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3327 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3328 */
3329 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3330
3331 /**
3332 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3333 */
3334 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3335
3336 /**
3337 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3338 */
3339 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3340
3341 /**
3342 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3343 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3344 */
3345 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3346
3347 /**
3348 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3349 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3350 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3351 *
3352 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3353 *
3354 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3355 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3356 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3357 *
3358 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3359 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3360 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3361 * recommended.
3362 *
3363 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3364 * not just edit pages.
3365 */
3366 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3367
3368 /**
3369 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3370 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3371 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3372 * Options are:
3373 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3374 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3375 * - false: Allow all framing.
3376 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3377 */
3378 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3379
3380 /**
3381 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3382 */
3383 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3384
3385 /**
3386 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3387 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3388 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3389 *
3390 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3391 */
3392 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3393
3394 /**
3395 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3396 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3397 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Allows to
3398 * display Unicode characters in many browsers' address bars.
3399 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3400 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3401 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3402 *
3403 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3404 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3405 * a page.
3406 *
3407 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3408 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3409 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3410 * would still work.
3411 *
3412 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3413 *
3414 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3415 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3416 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3417 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3418 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3419 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3420 * fragment mode is used.
3421 *
3422 * @since 1.30
3423 */
3424 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy' ];
3425
3426 /**
3427 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3428 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3429 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3430 * to 'html5'.
3431 *
3432 * @since 1.30
3433 */
3434 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3435
3436 /**
3437 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3438 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3439 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3440 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3441 *
3442 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3443 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3444 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3445 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3446 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3447 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3448 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3449 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3450 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3451 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3452 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3453 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3454 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3455 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3456 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3457 * not be outputted
3458 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3459 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3460 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3461 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3462 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3463 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3464 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3465 */
3466 $wgFooterIcons = [
3467 "copyright" => [
3468 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3469 ],
3470 "poweredby" => [
3471 "mediawiki" => [
3472 // Defaults to point at
3473 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3474 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3475 "src" => null,
3476 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3477 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3478 ]
3479 ],
3480 ];
3481
3482 /**
3483 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3484 * to create an account.
3485 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3486 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3487 */
3488 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3489
3490 /**
3491 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3492 */
3493 $wgEdititis = false;
3494
3495 /**
3496 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3497 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3498 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3499 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3500 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3501 *
3502 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3503 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3504 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3505 */
3506 $wgSend404Code = true;
3507
3508 /**
3509 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3510 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3511 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3512 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3513 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3514 *
3515 * @since 1.20
3516 */
3517 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3518
3519 /**
3520 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3521 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3522 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3523 * unconditionally.
3524 */
3525 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3526
3527 /**
3528 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3529 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3530 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3531 * the domain root.
3532 *
3533 * @since 1.25
3534 */
3535 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3536
3537 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3538
3539 /*************************************************************************//**
3540 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3541 * @{
3542 */
3543
3544 /**
3545 * Client-side resource modules.
3546 *
3547 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3548 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3549 *
3550 * @par Example:
3551 * @code
3552 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3553 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3554 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3555 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3556 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3557 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3558 * ];
3559 * @endcode
3560 */
3561 $wgResourceModules = [];
3562
3563 /**
3564 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3565 *
3566 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3567 * not be modified or disabled.
3568 *
3569 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3570 *
3571 * @par Example:
3572 * @code
3573 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3574 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3575 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3576 * ];
3577 *
3578 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3579 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3580 * ];
3581 * @endcode
3582 *
3583 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3584 *
3585 * @par Equivalent:
3586 * @code
3587 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3588 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3589 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3590 * 'skinStyles' => [
3591 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3592 * ],
3593 * ];
3594 * @endcode
3595 *
3596 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3597 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3598 *
3599 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3600 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3601 *
3602 * @par Example:
3603 * @code
3604 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3605 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3606 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3607 * 'skinStyles' => [
3608 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3609 * ],
3610 * ];
3611 * // Note the '+' character:
3612 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3613 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3614 * ];
3615 * @endcode
3616 *
3617 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3618 *
3619 * @par Equivalent:
3620 * @code
3621 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3622 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3623 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3624 * 'skinStyles' => [
3625 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3626 * 'foo' => [
3627 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3628 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3629 * ],
3630 * ],
3631 * ];
3632 * @endcode
3633 *
3634 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3635 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3636 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3637 *
3638 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3639 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3640 *
3641 * @par Example:
3642 * @code
3643 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3644 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3645 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3646 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3647 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3648 * ];
3649 * @endcode
3650 */
3651 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3652
3653 /**
3654 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3655 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3656 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3657 *
3658 * @par Example:
3659 * @code
3660 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3661 * @endcode
3662 */
3663 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3664
3665 /**
3666 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3667 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3668 */
3669 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3670
3671 /**
3672 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3673 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3674 *
3675 * Following options to distinguish:
3676 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3677 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3678 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3679 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3680 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3681 *
3682 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3683 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3684 * client and MediaWiki.
3685 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3686 */
3687 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3688 'versioned' => [
3689 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3690 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3691 ],
3692 'unversioned' => [
3693 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3694 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3695 ],
3696 ];
3697
3698 /**
3699 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3700 *
3701 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3702 */
3703 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3704
3705 /**
3706 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3707 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3708 *
3709 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3710 */
3711 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3712
3713 /**
3714 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3715 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3716 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3717 *
3718 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3719 */
3720 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3721
3722 /**
3723 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3724 *
3725 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3726 */
3727 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3728
3729 /**
3730 * Use jQuery 3 (with jQuery Migrate) instead of jQuery 1.
3731 *
3732 * This is a temporary feature flag for the MediaWiki 1.29 development cycle while
3733 * instabilities with jQuery 3 are being addressed. See T124742.
3734 *
3735 * @deprecated since 1.29
3736 */
3737 $wgUsejQueryThree = true;
3738
3739 /**
3740 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3741 *
3742 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3743 * work.
3744 *
3745 * @par Example of legacy code:
3746 * @code{,js}
3747 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3748 * @endcode
3749 * or:
3750 * @code{,js}
3751 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3752 * @endcode
3753 *
3754 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3755 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3756 * @code{,js}
3757 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3758 * @endcode
3759 * or:
3760 * @code{,js}
3761 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3762 * @endcode
3763 */
3764 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3765
3766 /**
3767 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3768 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3769 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3770 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3771 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3772 * that you can't increase.
3773 *
3774 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3775 * string length limit.
3776 *
3777 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3778 */
3779 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3780
3781 /**
3782 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3783 * prior to minification to validate it.
3784 *
3785 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3786 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3787 */
3788 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3789
3790 /**
3791 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3792 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3793 *
3794 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3795 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3796 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3797 */
3798 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3799
3800 /**
3801 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3802 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3803 *
3804 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3805 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3806 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3807 *
3808 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3809 *
3810 * @par Example:
3811 * @code
3812 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3813 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3814 * 'exampleBlue' => '#eee',
3815 * ];
3816 * @endcode
3817 * @since 1.22
3818 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3819 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3820 */
3821 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3822 /**
3823 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3824 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3825 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3826 * @since 1.27
3827 */
3828 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3829 ];
3830
3831 /**
3832 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3833 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3834 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3835 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3836 *
3837 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3838 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3839 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3840 * files from its own tree.
3841 *
3842 * @since 1.22
3843 */
3844 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3845 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3846 ];
3847
3848 /**
3849 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3850 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3851 */
3852 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3853
3854 /**
3855 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3856 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3857 *
3858 * @since 1.23
3859 */
3860 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3861
3862 /**
3863 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3864 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3865 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3866 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3867 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3868 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3869 * from the rest of the site.
3870 *
3871 * @since 1.25
3872 */
3873 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3874
3875 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3876
3877 /*************************************************************************//**
3878 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3879 * @{
3880 */
3881
3882 /**
3883 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3884 * used instead.
3885 */
3886 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3887
3888 /**
3889 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3890 *
3891 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3892 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3893 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3894 */
3895 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3899 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3900 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3901 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3902 * hook or extension.json.
3903 *
3904 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3905 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3906 * the new namespace name.
3907 *
3908 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3909 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3910 *
3911 * @par Example:
3912 * @code
3913 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3914 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3915 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3916 * 102 => "Aide",
3917 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3918 * ];
3919 * @endcode
3920 *
3921 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3922 */
3923 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3924
3925 /**
3926 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3927 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3928 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3929 * @since 1.18
3930 */
3931 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3932
3933 /**
3934 * Namespace aliases.
3935 *
3936 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3937 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3938 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3939 * name.
3940 *
3941 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3942 *
3943 * @par Example:
3944 * @code
3945 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3946 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3947 * 'Help' => 100,
3948 * ];
3949 * @endcode
3950 */
3951 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3952
3953 /**
3954 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3955 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3956 *
3957 * Problematic punctuation:
3958 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3959 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3960 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3961 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3962 * corrupted by apache
3963 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3964 *
3965 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3966 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3967 *
3968 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3969 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3970 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3971 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3972 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3973 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3974 *
3975 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3976 *
3977 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3978 * this breaks interlanguage links
3979 */
3980 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3981
3982 /**
3983 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3984 *
3985 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3986 */
3987 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3988
3989 /**
3990 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3991 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3992 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3993 *
3994 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3995 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3996 */
3997 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3998
3999 /**
4000 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
4001 */
4002 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
4003
4004 /**
4005 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
4006 * @{
4007 */
4008
4009 /**
4010 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
4011 * database (.cdb) file.
4012 *
4013 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
4014 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
4015 * formats such as the following:
4016 *
4017 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
4018 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
4019 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
4020 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
4021 *
4022 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
4023 * data layout.
4024 *
4025 * @var bool|array|string
4026 */
4027 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
4028
4029 /**
4030 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
4031 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
4032 * - 2: wiki and global levels
4033 * - 3: site levels
4034 */
4035 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
4036
4037 /**
4038 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4039 */
4040 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4041
4042 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4043
4044 /**
4045 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4046 * @{
4047 */
4048
4049 /**
4050 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4051 */
4052 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4053
4054 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4055
4056 /**
4057 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4058 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4059 * as 'redirected from' links.
4060 *
4061 * @par Example:
4062 * It might look something like this:
4063 * @code
4064 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4065 * @endcode
4066 *
4067 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4068 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4069 * the URL.
4070 */
4071 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4072
4073 /**
4074 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4075 *
4076 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4077 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4078 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4079 */
4080 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4081
4082 /**
4083 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4084 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4085 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4086 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4087 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4088 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4089 * NS_FILE.
4090 *
4091 * @par Example:
4092 * @code
4093 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4094 * @endcode
4095 */
4096 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4097
4098 /**
4099 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4100 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4101 */
4102 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4103 NS_TALK => true,
4104 NS_USER => true,
4105 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4106 NS_PROJECT => true,
4107 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4108 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4109 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4110 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4111 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4112 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4113 NS_HELP => true,
4114 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4115 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4116 ];
4117
4118 /**
4119 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4120 *
4121 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4122 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4123 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4124 *
4125 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4126 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4127 *
4128 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4129 * the new extension registration system.
4130 *
4131 * @since 1.23
4132 */
4133 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4134
4135 /**
4136 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4137 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4138 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4139 * number of articles in the wiki.
4140 */
4141 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4142
4143 /**
4144 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4145 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4146 * be shown on that page.
4147 * @since 1.30
4148 */
4149 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4150
4151 /**
4152 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4153 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4154 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4155 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4156 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4157 */
4158 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4159
4160 /**
4161 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4162 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4163 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4164 */
4165 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4166
4167 /**
4168 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4169 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4170 * will make the redirect fail.
4171 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4172 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4173 *
4174 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4175 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4176 */
4177 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4178
4179 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4180
4181 /************************************************************************//**
4182 * @name Parser settings
4183 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4184 * @{
4185 */
4186
4187 /**
4188 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4189 *
4190 * class The class name
4191 *
4192 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4193 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4194 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4195 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4196 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4197 *
4198 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4199 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4200 *
4201 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4202 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4203 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4204 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4205 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4206 * an extension setup function.
4207 */
4208 $wgParserConf = [
4209 'class' => 'Parser',
4210 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4211 ];
4212
4213 /**
4214 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4215 */
4216 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4217
4218 /**
4219 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4220 * by PPFrame::expand()
4221 */
4222 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4223
4224 /**
4225 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4226 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4227 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4228 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4229 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4230 *
4231 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4232 */
4233 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4234
4235 /**
4236 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4237 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4238 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4239 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4240 */
4241 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4242
4243 /**
4244 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4245 */
4246 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4247
4248 /**
4249 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4250 *
4251 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4252 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4253 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4254 * more information.
4255 *
4256 * @see wfParseUrl
4257 */
4258 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4259 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4260 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4261 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4262 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4263 ];
4264
4265 /**
4266 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4267 */
4268 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4269
4270 /**
4271 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4272 */
4273 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4274
4275 /**
4276 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4277 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4278 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4279 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4280 *
4281 * @par Examples:
4282 * @code
4283 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4284 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4285 * @endcode
4286 */
4287 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4288
4289 /**
4290 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4291 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4292 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4293 * The image will be displayed.
4294 *
4295 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4296 * Or false to disable it
4297 */
4298 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4299
4300 /**
4301 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4302 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4303 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4304 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4305 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4306 * sites they control.
4307 */
4308 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4309
4310 /**
4311 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4312 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4313 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4314 *
4315 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4316 * parameters will be used instead.
4317 *
4318 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4319 *
4320 * Keys are:
4321 * - driver: May be:
4322 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4323 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4324 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4325 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4326 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4327 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4328 *
4329 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4330 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4331 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4332 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4333 */
4334 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4335
4336 /**
4337 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4338 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4339 */
4340 $wgUseTidy = false;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * The path to the tidy binary.
4344 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4345 */
4346 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4347
4348 /**
4349 * The path to the tidy config file
4350 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4351 */
4352 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4353
4354 /**
4355 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4356 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4357 */
4358 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4359
4360 /**
4361 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4362 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4363 */
4364 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4365
4366 /**
4367 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4368 * Only works for internal tidy.
4369 */
4370 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4371
4372 /**
4373 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4374 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4375 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4376 */
4377 $wgRawHtml = false;
4378
4379 /**
4380 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4381 *
4382 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4383 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4384 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4385 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4386 * to some of your users.
4387 */
4388 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4389
4390 /**
4391 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4392 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4393 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4394 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4395 */
4396 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4397
4398 /**
4399 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4400 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4401 */
4402 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4403
4404 /**
4405 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4406 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4407 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4408 *
4409 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4410 *
4411 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4412 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4413 * etc.
4414 *
4415 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4416 */
4417 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4418
4419 /**
4420 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4421 */
4422 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4423
4424 /**
4425 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4426 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4427 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4428 */
4429 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4430
4431 /**
4432 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4433 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4434 */
4435 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4436
4437 /**
4438 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4439 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4440 */
4441 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4442
4443 /**
4444 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4445 */
4446 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4447
4448 /**
4449 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4450 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4451 */
4452 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4453
4454 /**
4455 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4456 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4457 *
4458 * @since 1.28
4459 */
4460 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4461 'ISBN' => false,
4462 'PMID' => false,
4463 'RFC' => false
4464 ];
4465
4466 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4467
4468 /************************************************************************//**
4469 * @name Statistics
4470 * @{
4471 */
4472
4473 /**
4474 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4475 * as a valid article.
4476 *
4477 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4478 *
4479 * This variable can have the following values:
4480 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4481 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4482 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4483 *
4484 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4485 *
4486 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4487 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4488 * script.
4489 */
4490 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4491
4492 /**
4493 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4494 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4495 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4496 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4497 * numbers between different wikis.
4498 */
4499 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4500
4501 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4502
4503 /************************************************************************//**
4504 * @name User accounts, authentication
4505 * @{
4506 */
4507
4508 /**
4509 * Central ID lookup providers
4510 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4511 * @since 1.27
4512 */
4513 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4514 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4515 ];
4516
4517 /**
4518 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4519 * @var string
4520 */
4521 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4522
4523 /**
4524 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4525 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4526 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4527 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4528 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4529 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4530 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4531 * Statements:
4532 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4533 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4534 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4535 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4536 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4537 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4538 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4539 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4540 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4541 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4542 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4543 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4544 * @since 1.26
4545 */
4546 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4547 'policies' => [
4548 'bureaucrat' => [
4549 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4550 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4551 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4552 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4553 ],
4554 'sysop' => [
4555 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4556 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4557 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4558 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4559 ],
4560 'bot' => [
4561 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4562 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4563 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4564 ],
4565 'default' => [
4566 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4567 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4568 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4569 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4570 ],
4571 ],
4572 'checks' => [
4573 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4574 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4575 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4576 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4577 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4578 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4579 ],
4580 ];
4581
4582 /**
4583 * Configure AuthManager
4584 *
4585 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4586 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4587 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4588 * (default is 0).
4589 *
4590 * Elements are:
4591 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4592 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4593 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4594 *
4595 * @since 1.27
4596 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4597 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4598 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4599 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4600 */
4601 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4602
4603 /**
4604 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4605 * @since 1.27
4606 */
4607 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4608 'preauth' => [
4609 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4610 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4611 'sort' => 0,
4612 ],
4613 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4614 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4615 'sort' => 0,
4616 ],
4617 ],
4618 'primaryauth' => [
4619 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4620 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4621 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4622 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4623 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4624 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4625 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4626 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4627 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4628 'args' => [ [
4629 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4630 'authoritative' => false,
4631 ] ],
4632 'sort' => 0,
4633 ],
4634 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4635 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4636 'args' => [ [
4637 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4638 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4639 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4640 // password") if it too fails.
4641 'authoritative' => true,
4642 ] ],
4643 'sort' => 100,
4644 ],
4645 ],
4646 'secondaryauth' => [
4647 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4648 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4649 'sort' => 0,
4650 ],
4651 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4652 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4653 'sort' => 100,
4654 ],
4655 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4656 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4657 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4658 // 'sort' => 100,
4659 // ],
4660 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4661 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4662 'sort' => 200,
4663 ],
4664 ],
4665 ];
4666
4667 /**
4668 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4669 *
4670 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4671 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4672 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4673 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4674 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4675 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4676 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4677 * that needs to do this.
4678 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4679 * the last X seconds.
4680 * - Come up with a third option.
4681 *
4682 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4683 * "X seconds".
4684 *
4685 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4686 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4687 * - LinkAccounts
4688 * - UnlinkAccount
4689 * - ChangeCredentials
4690 * - RemoveCredentials
4691 * - ChangeEmail
4692 *
4693 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4694 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4695 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4696 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4697 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4698 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4699 *
4700 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4701 *
4702 * @since 1.27
4703 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4704 */
4705 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4706 'default' => 300,
4707 ];
4708
4709 /**
4710 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4711 *
4712 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4713 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4714 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4715 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4716 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4717 *
4718 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4719 *
4720 * @since 1.27
4721 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4722 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4723 */
4724 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4725 'default' => true,
4726 ];
4727
4728 /**
4729 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4730 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4731 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4732 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4733 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4734 * @since 1.27
4735 * @var string[]
4736 */
4737 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4738 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4739 ];
4740
4741 /**
4742 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4743 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4744 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4745 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4746 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4747 * @since 1.27
4748 * @var string[]
4749 */
4750 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4751 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4752 ];
4753
4754 /**
4755 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4756 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4757 */
4758 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4759
4760 /**
4761 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4762 * words are allowed.
4763 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4764 */
4765 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4766
4767 /**
4768 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4769 *
4770 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4771 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4772 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4773 *
4774 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4775 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4776 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4777 */
4778 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4779
4780 /**
4781 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4782 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4783 * @since 1.23
4784 */
4785 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4786
4787 /**
4788 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4789 *
4790 * @since 1.24
4791 */
4792 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4793
4794 /**
4795 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4796 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4797 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4798 *
4799 * An advanced example:
4800 * @code
4801 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4802 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4803 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4804 * 'secrets' => [],
4805 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4806 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4807 * 'cost' => 5,
4808 * ];
4809 * @endcode
4810 *
4811 * @since 1.24
4812 */
4813 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4814 'A' => [
4815 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4816 ],
4817 'B' => [
4818 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4819 ],
4820 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4821 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4822 'types' => [
4823 'A',
4824 'pbkdf2',
4825 ],
4826 ],
4827 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4828 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4829 'types' => [
4830 'B',
4831 'pbkdf2',
4832 ],
4833 ],
4834 'bcrypt' => [
4835 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4836 'cost' => 9,
4837 ],
4838 'pbkdf2' => [
4839 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4840 'algo' => 'sha512',
4841 'cost' => '30000',
4842 'length' => '64',
4843 ],
4844 ];
4845
4846 /**
4847 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4848 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4849 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4850 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4851 */
4852 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4853 'username' => true,
4854 'email' => true,
4855 ];
4856
4857 /**
4858 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4859 */
4860 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4861
4862 /**
4863 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4864 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4865 */
4866 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4867
4868 /**
4869 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4870 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4871 */
4872 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4873 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4874 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4875 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4876 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4877 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4878 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4879 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4880 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4881 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4882 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4883 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4884 ];
4885
4886 /**
4887 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4888 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4889 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4890 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4891 */
4892 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4893 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4894 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4895 'date' => 'default',
4896 'diffonly' => 0,
4897 'disablemail' => 0,
4898 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4899 'editondblclick' => 0,
4900 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4901 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4902 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4903 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4904 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4905 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4906 'fancysig' => 0,
4907 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4908 'gender' => 'unknown',
4909 'hideminor' => 0,
4910 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4911 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4912 'imagesize' => 2,
4913 'math' => 1,
4914 'minordefault' => 0,
4915 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4916 'nickname' => '',
4917 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4918 'numberheadings' => 0,
4919 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4920 'previewontop' => 1,
4921 'rcdays' => 7,
4922 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4923 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4924 'rclimit' => 50,
4925 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4926 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4927 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4928 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4929 'skin' => false,
4930 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4931 'thumbsize' => 5,
4932 'underline' => 2,
4933 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4934 'usenewrc' => 1,
4935 'watchcreations' => 1,
4936 'watchdefault' => 1,
4937 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4938 'watchuploads' => 1,
4939 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4940 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4941 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4942 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4943 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4944 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4945 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4946 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4947 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4948 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4949 'watchmoves' => 0,
4950 'watchrollback' => 0,
4951 'wllimit' => 250,
4952 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4953 'prefershttps' => 1,
4954 ];
4955
4956 /**
4957 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4958 */
4959 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4960
4961 /**
4962 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4963 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4964 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4965 */
4966 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4967
4968 /**
4969 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4970 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4971 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4972 *
4973 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4974 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4975 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4976 */
4977 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4978
4979 /**
4980 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4981 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4982 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4983 * @since 1.17
4984 */
4985 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4986
4987 /**
4988 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4989 *
4990 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4991 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4992 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4993 *
4994 * @since 1.27
4995 * @var string|null
4996 */
4997 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4998
4999 /**
5000 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
5001 *
5002 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
5003 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
5004 *
5005 * @since 1.27
5006 */
5007 $wgSessionProviders = [
5008 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
5009 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
5010 'args' => [ [
5011 'priority' => 30,
5012 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
5013 ] ],
5014 ],
5015 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
5016 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
5017 'args' => [ [
5018 'priority' => 75,
5019 ] ],
5020 ],
5021 ];
5022
5023 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
5024
5025 /************************************************************************//**
5026 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
5027 * @{
5028 */
5029
5030 /**
5031 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
5032 */
5033 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5034
5035 /**
5036 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5037 */
5038 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5039
5040 /**
5041 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5042 */
5043 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5044
5045 /**
5046 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5047 *
5048 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5049 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5050 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5051 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5052 *
5053 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5054 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5055 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5056 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5057 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5058 */
5059 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5060 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5061 'IPv6' => 19,
5062 ];
5063
5064 /**
5065 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5066 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5067 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5068 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5069 * anonymous visitors.
5070 */
5071 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5072
5073 /**
5074 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5075 *
5076 * @par Example:
5077 * @code
5078 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5079 * @endcode
5080 *
5081 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5082 *
5083 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5084 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5085 *
5086 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5087 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5088 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5089 *
5090 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5091 * hook instead.
5092 */
5093 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5094
5095 /**
5096 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5097 *
5098 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5099 * is without underscore.
5100 *
5101 * @par Example:
5102 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5103 * @code
5104 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5105 * @endcode
5106 *
5107 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5108 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5109 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5110 *
5111 * @par Example:
5112 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5113 * @code
5114 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5115 * @endcode
5116 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5117 *
5118 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5119 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5120 */
5121 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5122
5123 /**
5124 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5125 * address before being allowed to edit?
5126 */
5127 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5128
5129 /**
5130 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5131 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5132 */
5133 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5134
5135 /**
5136 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5137 *
5138 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5139 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5140 *
5141 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5142 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5143 *
5144 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5145 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5146 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5147 * in in the user_groups table.
5148 *
5149 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5150 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5151 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5152 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5153 *
5154 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5155 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5156 *
5157 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5158 */
5159 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5160
5161 /** @cond file_level_code */
5162 // Implicit group for all visitors
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5176 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5177
5178 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5198
5199 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5202
5203 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5204 // from various log pages by default
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5213
5214 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5218 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5220 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5222 // can view deleted revision text
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5234 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5236 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5237 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5238 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5239 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5240 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5241 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5242 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5243 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5244 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5245 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5246 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5247 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5248 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5249 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5250 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5251 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5252 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5253 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5254 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5255 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5256 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5257 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5258 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5259
5260 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5261 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5262 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5263 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5264 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5265 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5266 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5267
5268 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5269 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5270 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5271 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5272 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5273 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5274 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5275 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5276 // For private suppression log access
5277 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5278
5279 /**
5280 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5281 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5282 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5283 * server.
5284 */
5285 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5286
5287 /** @endcond */
5288
5289 /**
5290 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5291 *
5292 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5293 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5294 *
5295 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5296 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5297 */
5298 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5299
5300 /**
5301 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5302 */
5303 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5304
5305 /**
5306 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5307 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5308 *
5309 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5310 * group".
5311 *
5312 * @par Example:
5313 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5314 * @code
5315 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5316 * @endcode
5317 *
5318 * @par Example:
5319 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5320 * @code
5321 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5322 * @endcode
5323 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5324 * any group that they happen to be in.
5325 */
5326 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5327
5328 /**
5329 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5330 */
5331 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5332
5333 /**
5334 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5335 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5336 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5337 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5338 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5339 */
5340 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5341
5342 /**
5343 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5344 *
5345 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5346 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5347 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5348 *
5349 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5350 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5351 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5352 */
5353 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5354
5355 /**
5356 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5357 *
5358 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5359 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5360 *
5361 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5362 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5363 */
5364 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5365
5366 /**
5367 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5368 *
5369 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5370 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5371 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5372 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5373 * "semiprotected".
5374 *
5375 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5376 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5377 */
5378 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5379
5380 /**
5381 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5382 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5383 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5384 *
5385 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5386 */
5387 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5388
5389 /**
5390 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5391 *
5392 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5393 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5394 *
5395 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5396 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5397 */
5398 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5399
5400 /**
5401 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5402 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5403 * privileges of new accounts.
5404 *
5405 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5406 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5407 *
5408 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5409 *
5410 * @par Example:
5411 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5412 * @code
5413 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5414 * @endcode
5415 * Set age to one day:
5416 * @code
5417 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5418 * @endcode
5419 */
5420 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5421
5422 /**
5423 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5424 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5425 *
5426 * @par Example:
5427 * @code
5428 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5429 * @endcode
5430 */
5431 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5432
5433 /**
5434 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5435 *
5436 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5437 *
5438 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5439 * 'groupname' => cond,
5440 * 'group2' => cond2,
5441 * );
5442 *
5443 * A `cond` may be:
5444 * - a single condition without arguments:
5445 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5446 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5447 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5448 * - a single condition with arguments:
5449 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5450 * - a set of conditions:
5451 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5452 *
5453 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5454 * - `&` (**AND**):
5455 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5456 * - `|` (**OR**):
5457 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5458 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5459 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5460 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5461 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5462 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5463 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5464 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5465 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5466 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5467 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5468 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5469 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5470 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5471 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5472 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5473 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5474 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5475 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5476 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5477 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5478 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5479 * true if the user is blocked
5480 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5481 * true if the user is a bot
5482 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5483 *
5484 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5485 * linked by operands.
5486 *
5487 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5488 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5489 */
5490 $wgAutopromote = [
5491 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5492 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5493 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5494 ],
5495 ];
5496
5497 /**
5498 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5499 *
5500 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5501 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5502 *
5503 * The format is:
5504 * @code
5505 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5506 * @endcode
5507 * Where event is either:
5508 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5509 *
5510 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5511 *
5512 * @see $wgAutopromote
5513 * @since 1.18
5514 */
5515 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5516 'onEdit' => [],
5517 ];
5518
5519 /**
5520 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5521 * @since 1.18
5522 */
5523 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5524
5525 /**
5526 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5527 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5528 *
5529 * @par Example:
5530 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5531 * @code
5532 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5533 * @endcode
5534 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5535 * @code
5536 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5537 * @endcode
5538 * Sysops can make bots:
5539 * @code
5540 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5541 * @endcode
5542 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5543 * @code
5544 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5545 * @endcode
5546 */
5547 $wgAddGroups = [];
5548
5549 /**
5550 * @see $wgAddGroups
5551 */
5552 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5553
5554 /**
5555 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5556 * For extensions only.
5557 */
5558 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5559
5560 /**
5561 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5562 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5563 */
5564 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5565
5566 /**
5567 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5568 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5569 * This is limited for performance reason.
5570 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5571 * @since 1.23
5572 */
5573 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5574
5575 /**
5576 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5577 *
5578 * @par Example:
5579 * @code
5580 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5581 * // no more than 100 per month
5582 * [
5583 * 'count' => 100,
5584 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5585 * ],
5586 * // no more than 10 per day
5587 * [
5588 * 'count' => 10,
5589 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5590 * ],
5591 * ];
5592 * @endcode
5593 *
5594 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5595 */
5596 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5597 'count' => 0,
5598 'seconds' => 86400,
5599 ] ];
5600
5601 /**
5602 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5603 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5604 *
5605 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5606 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5607 *
5608 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5609 *
5610 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5611 */
5612 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5613
5614 /**
5615 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5616 */
5617 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5618
5619 /**
5620 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5621 * proxies
5622 * @since 1.16
5623 */
5624 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5625
5626 /**
5627 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5628 *
5629 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5630 * the blacklist require a key).
5631 *
5632 * @par Example:
5633 * @code
5634 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5635 * // String containing URL
5636 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5637 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5638 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5639 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5640 * // just use a string as shown above
5641 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5642 * ];
5643 * @endcode
5644 *
5645 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5646 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5647 * @since 1.16
5648 */
5649 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5650
5651 /**
5652 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5653 * what the other methods might say.
5654 */
5655 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5656
5657 /**
5658 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5659 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5660 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5661 * @since 1.29
5662 * @var string[]
5663 */
5664 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5665
5666 /**
5667 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5668 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5669 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5670 */
5671 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5672
5673 /**
5674 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5675 *
5676 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5677 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5678 * elapses.
5679 *
5680 * @par Example:
5681 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5682 * @code
5683 * $wgRateLimits = [
5684 * 'edit' => [
5685 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5686 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5687 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5688 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5689 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5690 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5691 * ]
5692 * ];
5693 * @endcode
5694 *
5695 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5696 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5697 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5698 * @code
5699 * $wgRateLimits = [
5700 * 'some-action' => [
5701 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5702 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5703 * ];
5704 * @endcode
5705 *
5706 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5707 */
5708 $wgRateLimits = [
5709 // Page edits
5710 'edit' => [
5711 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5712 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5713 ],
5714 // Page moves
5715 'move' => [
5716 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5717 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5718 ],
5719 // File uploads
5720 'upload' => [
5721 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5722 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5723 ],
5724 // Page rollbacks
5725 'rollback' => [
5726 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5727 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5728 ],
5729 // Triggering password resets emails
5730 'mailpassword' => [
5731 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5732 ],
5733 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5734 'emailuser' => [
5735 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5736 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5737 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5738 ],
5739 // Purging pages
5740 'purge' => [
5741 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5742 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5743 ],
5744 // Purges of link tables
5745 'linkpurge' => [
5746 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5747 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5748 ],
5749 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5750 'renderfile' => [
5751 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5752 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5753 ],
5754 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5755 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5756 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5757 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5758 ],
5759 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5760 'stashedit' => [
5761 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5762 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5763 ],
5764 // Adding or removing change tags
5765 'changetag' => [
5766 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5767 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5768 ],
5769 // Changing the content model of a page
5770 'editcontentmodel' => [
5771 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5772 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5773 ],
5774 ];
5775
5776 /**
5777 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5778 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5779 */
5780 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5781
5782 /**
5783 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5784 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5785 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5786 */
5787 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5788
5789 /**
5790 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5791 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5792 */
5793 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5794
5795 /**
5796 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5797 *
5798 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5799 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5800 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5801 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5802 *
5803 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5804 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5805 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5806 */
5807 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5808 // Short term limit
5809 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5810 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5811 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5812 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5813 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5814 ];
5815
5816 /**
5817 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5818 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5819 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5820 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5821 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5822 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5823 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5824 * @since 1.27
5825 */
5826 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5827
5828 // @TODO: clean up grants
5829 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5830
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5841
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5846
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5851
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5860
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5873
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5876
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5883
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5885
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5887
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5889 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5890
5891 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5893 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5894
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5896
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5898 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5900 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5901 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5902 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5904
5905 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5906 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5907
5908 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5909
5910 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5911
5912 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5913
5914 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5915
5916 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5917
5918 /**
5919 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5920 * @since 1.27
5921 */
5922 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5923 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5924 'basic' => 'hidden',
5925
5926 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5927 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5928 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5929 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5930
5931 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5932 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5933
5934 'sendemail' => 'email',
5935
5936 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5937 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5938
5939 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5940 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5941
5942 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5943 'rollback' => 'administration',
5944 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5945 'delete' => 'administration',
5946 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5947 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5948 'protect' => 'administration',
5949 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5950
5951 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5952
5953 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5954 ];
5955
5956 /**
5957 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5958 * @since 1.27
5959 */
5960 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5961
5962 /**
5963 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5964 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5965 * @since 1.27
5966 */
5967 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5968
5969 /**
5970 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5971 *
5972 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5973 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5974 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5975 * @since 1.27
5976 */
5977 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5978
5979 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5980
5981 /************************************************************************//**
5982 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5983 * @{
5984 */
5985
5986 /**
5987 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5988 */
5989 $wgSecretKey = false;
5990
5991 /**
5992 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5993 *
5994 * This can have the following formats:
5995 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5996 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5997 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5998 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5999 */
6000 $wgProxyList = [];
6001
6002 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
6003
6004 /************************************************************************//**
6005 * @name Cookie settings
6006 * @{
6007 */
6008
6009 /**
6010 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
6011 */
6012 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6013
6014 /**
6015 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6016 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6017 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6018 * login cookies session-only.
6019 */
6020 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6021
6022 /**
6023 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6024 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6025 */
6026 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6027
6028 /**
6029 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6030 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6031 */
6032 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6033
6034 /**
6035 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6036 * - true: Set secure flag
6037 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6038 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6039 */
6040 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6041
6042 /**
6043 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6044 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6045 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6046 * check.
6047 */
6048 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6049
6050 /**
6051 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6052 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6053 * name to be used as a prefix.
6054 */
6055 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6056
6057 /**
6058 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6059 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6060 * XSS attack.
6061 */
6062 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6063
6064 /**
6065 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6066 */
6067 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6068
6069 /**
6070 * Override to customise the session name
6071 */
6072 $wgSessionName = false;
6073
6074 /**
6075 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6076 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6077 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6078 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6079 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6080 */
6081 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6082
6083 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6084
6085 /************************************************************************//**
6086 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6087 * @{
6088 */
6089
6090 /**
6091 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6092 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6093 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6094 * Please see math/README for more information.
6095 */
6096 $wgUseTeX = false;
6097
6098 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6099
6100 /************************************************************************//**
6101 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6102 *
6103 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6104 *
6105 * @{
6106 */
6107
6108 /**
6109 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6110 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6111 * may contain private data.
6112 */
6113 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6114
6115 /**
6116 * Prefix for debug log lines
6117 */
6118 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6119
6120 /**
6121 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6122 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6123 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6124 */
6125 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6126
6127 /**
6128 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6129 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6130 * and gen=js requests.
6131 */
6132 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6133
6134 /**
6135 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6136 *
6137 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6138 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6139 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6140 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6141 */
6142 $wgDebugComments = false;
6143
6144 /**
6145 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6146 *
6147 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6148 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6149 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6150 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6151 */
6152 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6153
6154 /**
6155 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6156 *
6157 * @since 1.26
6158 */
6159 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6160 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6161 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6162 'GET' => [
6163 'masterConns' => 0,
6164 'writes' => 0,
6165 'readQueryTime' => 5
6166 ],
6167 // HTTP POST requests.
6168 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6169 'POST' => [
6170 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6171 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6172 'maxAffected' => 1000
6173 ],
6174 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6175 'masterConns' => 0,
6176 'writes' => 0,
6177 'readQueryTime' => 5
6178 ],
6179 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6180 'PostSend' => [
6181 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6182 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6183 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6184 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6185 'masterConns' => 0,
6186 'writes' => 0,
6187 ],
6188 // Background job runner
6189 'JobRunner' => [
6190 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6191 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6192 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6193 ],
6194 // Command-line scripts
6195 'Maintenance' => [
6196 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6197 'maxAffected' => 1000
6198 ]
6199 ];
6200
6201 /**
6202 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6203 *
6204 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6205 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6206 * in production.
6207 *
6208 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6209 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6210 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6211 * - associative array with keys:
6212 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6213 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6214 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6215 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6216 *
6217 * @par Example:
6218 * @code
6219 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6220 * @endcode
6221 *
6222 * @par Advanced example:
6223 * @code
6224 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6225 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6226 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6227 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6228 * ];
6229 * @endcode
6230 */
6231 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6232
6233 /**
6234 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6235 *
6236 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6237 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6238 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6239 * details.
6240 *
6241 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6242 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6243 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6244 *
6245 * @par To completely disable logging:
6246 * @code
6247 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6248 * @endcode
6249 *
6250 * @since 1.25
6251 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6252 * @see MwLogger
6253 */
6254 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6255 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6256 ];
6257
6258 /**
6259 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6260 *
6261 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6262 */
6263 $wgShowDebug = false;
6264
6265 /**
6266 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6267 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6268 */
6269 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6270
6271 /**
6272 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6273 */
6274 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6275
6276 /**
6277 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6278 */
6279 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6280
6281 /**
6282 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6283 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6284 * to an attacker.
6285 */
6286 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6287
6288 /**
6289 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6290 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6291 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6292 * formatting.
6293 */
6294 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6295
6296 /**
6297 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6298 *
6299 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6300 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6301 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6302 * exception handler.
6303 */
6304 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6305
6306 /**
6307 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6308 */
6309 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6310
6311 /**
6312 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6313 */
6314 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6315
6316 /**
6317 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6318 * Should be a string, default false.
6319 * @since 1.20
6320 */
6321 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6322
6323 /**
6324 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6325 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6326 */
6327 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6328
6329 /**
6330 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6331 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6332 * after the limit.
6333 */
6334 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6335
6336 /**
6337 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6338 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6339 */
6340 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6341
6342 /**
6343 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6344 *
6345 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6346 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6347 */
6348 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6349
6350 /**
6351 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6352 *
6353 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6354 *
6355 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6356 *
6357 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6358 * @since 1.25
6359 */
6360 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6361
6362 /**
6363 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6364 *
6365 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6366 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6367 * @since 1.25
6368 */
6369 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6370
6371 /**
6372 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6373 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6374 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6375 * @since 1.28
6376 */
6377 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6378
6379 /**
6380 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6381 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6382 * templates.
6383 */
6384 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6385
6386 /**
6387 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6388 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6389 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6390 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6391 */
6392 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6393
6394 /**
6395 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6396 * filename is passed to it.
6397 *
6398 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6399 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6400 *
6401 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6402 *
6403 * Use full paths.
6404 *
6405 * @deprecated since 1.30
6406 */
6407 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6408
6409 /**
6410 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6411 */
6412 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6413
6414 /**
6415 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6416 * @since 1.19
6417 */
6418 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6419
6420 /**
6421 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6422 * queries and other useful output.
6423 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6424 *
6425 * @since 1.19
6426 */
6427 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6428
6429 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6430
6431 /************************************************************************//**
6432 * @name Search
6433 * @{
6434 */
6435
6436 /**
6437 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6438 */
6439 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6440
6441 /**
6442 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6443 * by default off due to execution overhead
6444 */
6445 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6446
6447 /**
6448 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6449 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6450 */
6451 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6452
6453 /**
6454 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6455 *
6456 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6457 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6458 *
6459 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6460 *
6461 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6462 */
6463 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6464
6465 /**
6466 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6467 *
6468 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6469 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6470 *
6471 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6472 */
6473 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6474 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6475 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6476 ];
6477
6478 /**
6479 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6480 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6481 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6482 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6483 */
6484 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6485
6486 /**
6487 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6488 * OpenSearch call.
6489 */
6490 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6491
6492 /**
6493 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6494 */
6495 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6496
6497 /**
6498 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6499 */
6500 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6501
6502 /**
6503 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6504 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6505 */
6506 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6507
6508 /**
6509 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6510 *
6511 * @par Example:
6512 * @code
6513 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6514 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6515 * @endcode
6516 */
6517 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6518 NS_MAIN => true,
6519 ];
6520
6521 /**
6522 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6523 * implemented by an extension instead.
6524 */
6525 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6526
6527 /**
6528 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6529 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6530 * search term.
6531 *
6532 * @par Example:
6533 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6534 * @code
6535 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6536 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6537 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6538 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6539 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6540 * @endcode
6541 */
6542 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6543
6544 /**
6545 * Search form behavior.
6546 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6547 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6548 */
6549 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6550
6551 /**
6552 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6553 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6554 * generated for all namespaces.
6555 */
6556 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6557
6558 /**
6559 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6560 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6561 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6562 *
6563 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6564 * @par Example:
6565 * @code
6566 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6567 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6568 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6569 * ];
6570 * @endcode
6571 */
6572 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6573
6574 /**
6575 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6576 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6577 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6578 */
6579 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6580
6581 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6582
6583 /************************************************************************//**
6584 * @name Edit user interface
6585 * @{
6586 */
6587
6588 /**
6589 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6590 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6591 */
6592 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6593
6594 /**
6595 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6596 */
6597 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6598
6599 /**
6600 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6601 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6602 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6603 */
6604 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6605 NS_CATEGORY => true
6606 ];
6607
6608 /**
6609 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6610 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6611 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6612 */
6613 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6614
6615 /**
6616 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6617 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6618 * ting this variable false.
6619 */
6620 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6621
6622 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6623
6624 /************************************************************************//**
6625 * @name Maintenance
6626 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6627 * @{
6628 */
6629
6630 /**
6631 * @cond file_level_code
6632 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6633 */
6634 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6635 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6636 }
6637 /** @endcond */
6638
6639 /**
6640 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6641 */
6642 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6643
6644 /**
6645 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6646 * used as an explanation to users.
6647 *
6648 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6649 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6650 * option in MySQL.
6651 */
6652 $wgReadOnly = null;
6653
6654 /**
6655 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6656 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6657 * message.
6658 *
6659 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6660 */
6661 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6662
6663 /**
6664 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6665 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6666 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6667 *
6668 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6669 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6670 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6671 */
6672 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6673
6674 /**
6675 * Fully specified path to git binary
6676 */
6677 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6678
6679 /**
6680 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6681 *
6682 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6683 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6684 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6685 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6686 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6687 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6688 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6689 *
6690 * @since 1.20
6691 */
6692 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6693 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6694 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6695 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6696 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6697 ];
6698
6699 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6700
6701 /************************************************************************//**
6702 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6703 * @{
6704 */
6705
6706 /**
6707 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6708 * seconds will go.
6709 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6710 */
6711 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6712
6713 /**
6714 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6715 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6716 * @since 1.26
6717 */
6718 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6719
6720 /**
6721 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6722 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6723 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6724 * @since 1.26
6725 */
6726 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6727
6728 /**
6729 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6730 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6731 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6732 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6733 * is still there.
6734 */
6735 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6736
6737 /**
6738 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6739 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6740 */
6741 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6742
6743 /**
6744 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6745 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6746 */
6747 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6748
6749 /**
6750 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6751 *
6752 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6753 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6754 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6755 *
6756 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6757 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6758 * passed to the constructor.
6759 *
6760 * Common options:
6761 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6762 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6763 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6764 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6765 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6766 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6767 *
6768 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6769 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6770 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6771 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6772 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6773 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6774 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6775 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6776 *
6777 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6778 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6779 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6780 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6781 *
6782 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6783 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6784 *
6785 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6786 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6787 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6788 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6789 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6790 * ];
6791 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6792 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6793 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6794 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6795 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6796 * ];
6797 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6798 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6799 * ];
6800 * @since 1.22
6801 */
6802 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6803
6804 /**
6805 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6806 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6807 * @since 1.22
6808 */
6809 $wgRCEngines = [
6810 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6811 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6812 ];
6813
6814 /**
6815 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6816 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6817 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6818 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6819 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6820 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6821 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6822 *
6823 * @since 1.27
6824 */
6825 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6826
6827 /**
6828 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6829 * New pages and new files are included.
6830 */
6831 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6832
6833 /**
6834 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6835 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6836 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6837 * that lets users disable them.
6838 *
6839 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6840 *
6841 * @since 1.30
6842 */
6843 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6844
6845 /**
6846 * Whether to show the new experimental views (like namespaces, tags, and users) in
6847 * RecentChanges filters
6848 *
6849 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6850 */
6851 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableExperimentalViews = false;
6852
6853 /**
6854 * Whether to allow users to use the experimental live update feature in the new RecentChanges UI
6855 *
6856 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6857 */
6858 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableLiveUpdate = false;
6859
6860 /**
6861 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6862 *
6863 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6864 */
6865 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6866
6867 /**
6868 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6869 */
6870 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6871
6872 /**
6873 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6874 *
6875 * @since 1.27
6876 */
6877 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6878
6879 /**
6880 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6881 */
6882 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6883
6884 /**
6885 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6886 */
6887 $wgFeed = true;
6888
6889 /**
6890 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6891 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6892 */
6893 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6894
6895 /**
6896 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6897 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6898 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6899 *
6900 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6901 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6902 */
6903 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6904
6905 /**
6906 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6907 * pages larger than this size.
6908 */
6909 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6910
6911 /**
6912 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6913 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6914 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6915 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6916 * as value.
6917 * @par Example:
6918 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6919 * @code
6920 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6921 * @endcode
6922 */
6923 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6924
6925 /**
6926 * Available feeds objects.
6927 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6928 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6929 */
6930 $wgFeedClasses = [
6931 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6932 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6933 ];
6934
6935 /**
6936 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6937 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6938 */
6939 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6940
6941 /**
6942 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6943 */
6944 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6945
6946 /**
6947 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6948 */
6949 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6950
6951 /**
6952 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6953 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6954 * highlighted on the RC page.
6955 */
6956 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6957
6958 /**
6959 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6960 * view for watched pages with new changes
6961 */
6962 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6963
6964 /**
6965 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6966 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6967 */
6968 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6969
6970 /**
6971 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6972 */
6973 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6974
6975 /**
6976 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6977 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6978 */
6979 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6980
6981 /**
6982 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6983 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6984 * watchers.
6985 *
6986 * @since 1.21
6987 */
6988 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6989
6990 /**
6991 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6992 * certain types of edits.
6993 *
6994 * To register a new one:
6995 * @code
6996 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6997 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6998 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6999 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7000 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7001 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7002 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7003 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7004 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7005 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7006 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7007 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7008 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7009 * ];
7010 * @endcode
7011 *
7012 * @since 1.22
7013 */
7014 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7015 'newpage' => [
7016 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7017 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7018 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7019 'grouping' => 'any',
7020 ],
7021 'minor' => [
7022 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7023 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7024 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7025 'class' => 'minoredit',
7026 'grouping' => 'all',
7027 ],
7028 'bot' => [
7029 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7030 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7031 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7032 'class' => 'botedit',
7033 'grouping' => 'all',
7034 ],
7035 'unpatrolled' => [
7036 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7037 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7038 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7039 'grouping' => 'any',
7040 ],
7041 ];
7042
7043 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7044
7045 /************************************************************************//**
7046 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7047 * @{
7048 */
7049
7050 /**
7051 * Override for copyright metadata.
7052 *
7053 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7054 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7055 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7056 */
7057 $wgRightsPage = null;
7058
7059 /**
7060 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7061 * wiki.
7062 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7063 */
7064 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7065
7066 /**
7067 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7068 * link.
7069 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7070 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7071 */
7072 $wgRightsText = null;
7073
7074 /**
7075 * Override for copyright metadata.
7076 */
7077 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7078
7079 /**
7080 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7081 */
7082 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7083
7084 /**
7085 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7086 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7087 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7088 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7089 * large wikis.
7090 */
7091 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7092
7093 /**
7094 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7095 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7096 */
7097 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7098
7099 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7100
7101 /************************************************************************//**
7102 * @name Import / Export
7103 * @{
7104 */
7105
7106 /**
7107 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7108 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7109 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7110 *
7111 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7112 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7113 * e.g.
7114 * @code
7115 * $wgImportSources = [
7116 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7117 * 'wikispecies',
7118 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7119 * ];
7120 * @endcode
7121 *
7122 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7123 * the ImportSources hook.
7124 *
7125 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7126 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7127 */
7128 $wgImportSources = [];
7129
7130 /**
7131 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7132 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7133 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7134 *
7135 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7136 */
7137 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7138
7139 /**
7140 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7141 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7142 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7143 */
7144 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7145
7146 /**
7147 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7148 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7149 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7150 */
7151 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7152
7153 /**
7154 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7155 */
7156 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7157
7158 /**
7159 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7160 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7161 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7162 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7163 * it's disabled by default for now.
7164 *
7165 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7166 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7167 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7168 */
7169 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7170
7171 /**
7172 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7173 */
7174 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7175
7176 /**
7177 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7178 */
7179 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7180
7181 /**
7182 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7183 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7184 *
7185 * @since 1.27
7186 */
7187 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7188
7189 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7190
7191 /*************************************************************************//**
7192 * @name Extensions
7193 * @{
7194 */
7195
7196 /**
7197 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7198 * initialised
7199 */
7200 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7201
7202 /**
7203 * Extension messages files.
7204 *
7205 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7206 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7207 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7208 * is the most common.
7209 *
7210 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7211 * in the core.
7212 *
7213 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7214 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7215 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7216 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7217 *
7218 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7219 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7220 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7221 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7222 *
7223 * @par Example:
7224 * @code
7225 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7226 * @endcode
7227 */
7228 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7229
7230 /**
7231 * Extension messages directories.
7232 *
7233 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7234 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7235 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7236 * message directories.
7237 *
7238 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7239 *
7240 * @par Simple example:
7241 * @code
7242 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7243 * @endcode
7244 *
7245 * @par Complex example:
7246 * @code
7247 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7248 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7249 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7250 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7251 * ]
7252 * @endcode
7253 * @since 1.23
7254 */
7255 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7256
7257 /**
7258 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7259 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7260 * @since 1.22
7261 */
7262 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7263
7264 /**
7265 * Parser output hooks.
7266 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7267 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7268 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7269 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7270 *
7271 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7272 *
7273 * The callback has the form:
7274 * @code
7275 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7276 * @endcode
7277 */
7278 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7279
7280 /**
7281 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7282 */
7283 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7284
7285 /**
7286 * List of valid skin names
7287 *
7288 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7289 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7290 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7291 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7292 */
7293 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7294
7295 /**
7296 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7297 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7298 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7299 * SpecialPage.
7300 */
7301 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7302
7303 /**
7304 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7305 */
7306 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7307
7308 /**
7309 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7310 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7311 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7312 */
7313 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7314
7315 /**
7316 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7317 *
7318 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7319 *
7320 * @code
7321 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7322 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7323 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7324 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7325 * 'author' => [
7326 * 'Foo Barstein',
7327 * ],
7328 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7329 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7330 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7331 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7332 * ];
7333 * @endcode
7334 *
7335 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7336 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7337 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7338 * interpreted as wikitext.
7339 *
7340 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7341 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7342 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7343 *
7344 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7345 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7346 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7347 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7348 *
7349 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7350 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7351 * usually are.)
7352 *
7353 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7354 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7355 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7356 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7357 *
7358 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7359 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7360 *
7361 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7362 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7363 *
7364 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7365 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7366 */
7367 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7368
7369 /**
7370 * Authentication plugin.
7371 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7372 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7373 */
7374 $wgAuth = null;
7375
7376 /**
7377 * Global list of hooks.
7378 *
7379 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7380 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7381 * internally by Hook:run().
7382 *
7383 * The value can be one of:
7384 *
7385 * - A function name:
7386 * @code
7387 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7388 * @endcode
7389 * - A function with some data:
7390 * @code
7391 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7392 * @endcode
7393 * - A an object method:
7394 * @code
7395 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7396 * @endcode
7397 * - A closure:
7398 * @code
7399 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7400 * // Handler code goes here.
7401 * };
7402 * @endcode
7403 *
7404 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7405 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7406 *
7407 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7408 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7409 */
7410 $wgHooks = [];
7411
7412 /**
7413 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7414 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7415 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7416 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7417 * hook for that.
7418 *
7419 * @see MediaWikiServices
7420 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7421 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7422 */
7423 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7424 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7425 ];
7426
7427 /**
7428 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7429 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7430 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7431 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7432 */
7433 $wgJobClasses = [
7434 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7435 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7436 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7437 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7438 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7439 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7440 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7441 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7442 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7443 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7444 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7445 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7446 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7447 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7448 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7449 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7450 'null' => 'NullJob'
7451 ];
7452
7453 /**
7454 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7455 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7456 *
7457 * These can be:
7458 * - Very long-running jobs.
7459 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7460 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7461 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7462 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7463 */
7464 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7465
7466 /**
7467 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7468 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7469 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7470 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7471 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7472 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7473 * @var float[]
7474 */
7475 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7476
7477 /**
7478 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7479 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7480 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7481 *
7482 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7483 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7484 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7485 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7486 *
7487 * @var float|bool
7488 * @since 1.26
7489 */
7490 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7491
7492 /**
7493 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7494 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7495 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7496 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7497 */
7498 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7499 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7500 ];
7501
7502 /**
7503 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7504 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7505 */
7506 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7507 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7508 ];
7509
7510 /**
7511 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7512 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7513 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7514 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7515 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7516 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7517 * that limit is hit.
7518 *
7519 * @since 1.29
7520 */
7521 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7522
7523 /**
7524 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7525 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7526 */
7527 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7528 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7529 ];
7530
7531 /**
7532 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7533 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7534 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7535 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7536 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7537 */
7538 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7539 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7540 ];
7541
7542 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7543
7544 /*************************************************************************//**
7545 * @name Categories
7546 * @{
7547 */
7548
7549 /**
7550 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7551 */
7552 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7553
7554 /**
7555 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7556 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7557 */
7558 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7559
7560 /**
7561 * Paging limit for categories
7562 */
7563 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7564
7565 /**
7566 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7567 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7568 *
7569 * Available values are:
7570 *
7571 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7572 *
7573 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7574 *
7575 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7576 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7577 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7578 *
7579 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7580 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7581 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7582 * server.
7583 *
7584 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7585 * the sort keys in the database.
7586 *
7587 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7588 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7589 */
7590 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7591
7592 /** @} */ # End categories }
7593
7594 /*************************************************************************//**
7595 * @name Logging
7596 * @{
7597 */
7598
7599 /**
7600 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7601 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7602 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7603 * log type.
7604 */
7605 $wgLogTypes = [
7606 '',
7607 'block',
7608 'protect',
7609 'rights',
7610 'delete',
7611 'upload',
7612 'move',
7613 'import',
7614 'patrol',
7615 'merge',
7616 'suppress',
7617 'tag',
7618 'managetags',
7619 'contentmodel',
7620 ];
7621
7622 /**
7623 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7624 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7625 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7626 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7627 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7628 */
7629 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7630 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7631 ];
7632
7633 /**
7634 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7635 *
7636 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7637 *
7638 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7639 *
7640 * @par Example:
7641 * @code
7642 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7643 * @endcode
7644 *
7645 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7646 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7647 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7648 *
7649 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7650 * for the link text.
7651 */
7652 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7653 'patrol' => true,
7654 'tag' => true,
7655 ];
7656
7657 /**
7658 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7659 * will be listed in the user interface.
7660 *
7661 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7662 *
7663 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7664 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7665 */
7666 $wgLogNames = [
7667 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7668 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7669 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7670 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7671 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7672 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7673 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7674 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7675 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7676 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7677 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7678 ];
7679
7680 /**
7681 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7682 * top of each log type.
7683 *
7684 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7685 *
7686 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7687 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7688 */
7689 $wgLogHeaders = [
7690 '' => 'alllogstext',
7691 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7692 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7693 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7694 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7695 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7696 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7697 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7698 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7699 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7700 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7701 ];
7702
7703 /**
7704 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7705 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7706 *
7707 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7708 */
7709 $wgLogActions = [];
7710
7711 /**
7712 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7713 * not messages.
7714 * @see LogPage::actionText
7715 * @see LogFormatter
7716 */
7717 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7718 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7719 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7720 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7721 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7722 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7723 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7724 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7725 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7726 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7727 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7728 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7729 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7730 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7731 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7732 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7733 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7734 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7735 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7736 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7737 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7738 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7739 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7740 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7741 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7742 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7743 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7744 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7745 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7746 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7747 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7748 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7749 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7750 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7751 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7752 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7753 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7754 ];
7755
7756 /**
7757 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7758 *
7759 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7760 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7761 * Extensions may append to this array
7762 * @since 1.27
7763 */
7764 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7765 'block' => [
7766 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7767 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7768 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7769 ],
7770 'contentmodel' => [
7771 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7772 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7773 ],
7774 'delete' => [
7775 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7776 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7777 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7778 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7779 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7780 ],
7781 'import' => [
7782 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7783 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7784 ],
7785 'managetags' => [
7786 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7787 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7788 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7789 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7790 ],
7791 'move' => [
7792 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7793 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7794 ],
7795 'newusers' => [
7796 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7797 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7798 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7799 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7800 ],
7801 'patrol' => [
7802 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7803 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7804 ],
7805 'protect' => [
7806 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7807 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7808 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7809 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7810 ],
7811 'rights' => [
7812 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7813 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7814 ],
7815 'suppress' => [
7816 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7817 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7818 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7819 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7820 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7821 ],
7822 'upload' => [
7823 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7824 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7825 ],
7826 ];
7827
7828 /**
7829 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7830 */
7831 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7832
7833 /** @} */ # end logging }
7834
7835 /*************************************************************************//**
7836 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7837 * @{
7838 */
7839
7840 /**
7841 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7842 */
7843 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7844
7845 /**
7846 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7847 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7848 */
7849 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7850
7851 /**
7852 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7853 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7854 */
7855 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7856
7857 /**
7858 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7859 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7860 */
7861 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7862
7863 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7864
7865 /*************************************************************************//**
7866 * @name Actions
7867 * @{
7868 */
7869
7870 /**
7871 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7872 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7873 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7874 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7875 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7876 * instead of the default class.
7877 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7878 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7879 */
7880 $wgActions = [
7881 'credits' => true,
7882 'delete' => true,
7883 'edit' => true,
7884 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7885 'history' => true,
7886 'info' => true,
7887 'markpatrolled' => true,
7888 'protect' => true,
7889 'purge' => true,
7890 'raw' => true,
7891 'render' => true,
7892 'revert' => true,
7893 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7894 'rollback' => true,
7895 'submit' => true,
7896 'unprotect' => true,
7897 'unwatch' => true,
7898 'view' => true,
7899 'watch' => true,
7900 ];
7901
7902 /** @} */ # end actions }
7903
7904 /*************************************************************************//**
7905 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7906 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7907 * @{
7908 */
7909
7910 /**
7911 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7912 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7913 * basis.
7914 */
7915 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7916
7917 /**
7918 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7919 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7920 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7921 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7922 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7923 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7924 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7925 *
7926 * @par Example:
7927 * @code
7928 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7929 * @endcode
7930 */
7931 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7932
7933 /**
7934 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7935 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7936 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7937 *
7938 * @par Example:
7939 * @code
7940 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7941 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7942 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7943 * ];
7944 * @endcode
7945 *
7946 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7947 * forms:
7948 * @code
7949 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7950 * # Underscore, not space!
7951 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7952 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7953 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7954 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7955 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7956 * ];
7957 * @endcode
7958 */
7959 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7960
7961 /**
7962 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7963 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7964 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7965 *
7966 * @par Example:
7967 * @code
7968 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7969 * @endcode
7970 */
7971 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7972
7973 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7974
7975 /************************************************************************//**
7976 * @name AJAX and API
7977 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7978 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7979 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7980 * @{
7981 */
7982
7983 /**
7984 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7985 * machine-readable data via api.php
7986 *
7987 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7988 */
7989 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7990
7991 /**
7992 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7993 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7994 * accesses it
7995 */
7996 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7997
7998 /**
7999 *
8000 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8001 *
8002 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8003 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8004 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8005 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8006 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8007 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8008 * requiring POST.
8009 *
8010 * @since 1.21
8011 */
8012 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8013
8014 /**
8015 * API module extensions.
8016 *
8017 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8018 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8019 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8020 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8021 *
8022 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8023 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8024 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8025 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8026 * field.
8027 *
8028 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8029 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8030 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8031 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8032 *
8033 * Examples for registering API modules:
8034 *
8035 * @code
8036 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8037 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8038 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
8039 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8040 * ];
8041 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8042 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
8043 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
8044 * ];
8045 * @endcode
8046 *
8047 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8048 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8049 */
8050 $wgAPIModules = [];
8051
8052 /**
8053 * API format module extensions.
8054 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8055 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8056 *
8057 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8058 */
8059 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8060
8061 /**
8062 * API Query meta module extensions.
8063 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8064 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8065 *
8066 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8067 */
8068 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8069
8070 /**
8071 * API Query prop module extensions.
8072 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8073 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8074 *
8075 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8076 */
8077 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8078
8079 /**
8080 * API Query list module extensions.
8081 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8082 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8083 *
8084 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8085 */
8086 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8087
8088 /**
8089 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8090 * The default value is generally fine
8091 */
8092 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8093
8094 /**
8095 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8096 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8097 */
8098 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8099
8100 /**
8101 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8102 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8103 */
8104 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8105
8106 /**
8107 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8108 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8109 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8110 */
8111 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8112
8113 /**
8114 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8115 * API request logging
8116 */
8117 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8118
8119 /**
8120 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8121 */
8122 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8123
8124 /**
8125 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8126 * API queries.
8127 */
8128 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8129 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8130 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8131 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8132 ];
8133
8134 /**
8135 * Enable AJAX framework
8136 */
8137 $wgUseAjax = true;
8138
8139 /**
8140 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8141 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8142 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8143 */
8144 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8145
8146 /**
8147 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8148 */
8149 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8150
8151 /**
8152 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8153 */
8154 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8155
8156 /**
8157 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8158 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8159 */
8160 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8161
8162 /**
8163 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8164 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8165 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8166 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8167 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8168 *
8169 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8170 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8171 *
8172 * @par Example:
8173 * @code
8174 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8175 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8176 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8177 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8178 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8179 * ];
8180 * @endcode
8181 */
8182 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8183
8184 /**
8185 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8186 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8187 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8188 */
8189 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8190
8191 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8192
8193 /************************************************************************//**
8194 * @name Shell and process control
8195 * @{
8196 */
8197
8198 /**
8199 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8200 */
8201 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8202
8203 /**
8204 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8205 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8206 */
8207 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8208
8209 /**
8210 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8211 */
8212 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8213
8214 /**
8215 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8216 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8217 */
8218 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8222 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8223 *
8224 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8225 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8226 * them segfault or deadlock.
8227 *
8228 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8229 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8230 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8231 *
8232 * @par Example:
8233 * @code
8234 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8235 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8236 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8237 * @endcode
8238 *
8239 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8240 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8241 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8242 */
8243 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8244
8245 /**
8246 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8247 */
8248 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8249
8250 /**
8251 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8252 *
8253 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8254 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8255 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8256 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8257 *
8258 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8259 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8260 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8261 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8262 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8263 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8264 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8265 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8266 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8267 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8268 * decimal separator)
8269 *
8270 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8271 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8272 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8273 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8274 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8275 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8276 * displayed to the user.
8277 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8278 * date/time values.
8279 *
8280 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8281 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8282 * wikis.
8283 */
8284 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8285
8286 /** @} */ # End shell }
8287
8288 /************************************************************************//**
8289 * @name HTTP client
8290 * @{
8291 */
8292
8293 /**
8294 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8295 * @var int
8296 */
8297 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8298
8299 /**
8300 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8301 * @since 1.29
8302 */
8303 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8304
8305 /**
8306 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8307 */
8308 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8309
8310 /**
8311 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8312 */
8313 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8314
8315 /**
8316 * Local virtual hosts.
8317 *
8318 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8319 *
8320 * This affects the following:
8321 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8322 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8323 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8324 * the proxy if it is configured.
8325 *
8326 * @since 1.25
8327 */
8328 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8329
8330 /**
8331 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8332 * Only works for curl
8333 */
8334 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8335
8336 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8337
8338 /************************************************************************//**
8339 * @name Job queue
8340 * @{
8341 */
8342
8343 /**
8344 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8345 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8346 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8347 * be run periodically.
8348 */
8349 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8350
8351 /**
8352 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8353 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8354 * execution finishes.
8355 *
8356 * @since 1.23
8357 */
8358 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8359
8360 /**
8361 * Number of rows to update per job
8362 */
8363 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8364
8365 /**
8366 * Number of rows to update per query
8367 */
8368 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8369
8370 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8371
8372 /************************************************************************//**
8373 * @name Miscellaneous
8374 * @{
8375 */
8376
8377 /**
8378 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8379 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8380 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8381 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8382 */
8383 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8384
8385 /**
8386 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8387 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8388 * Supported values:
8389 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8390 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8391 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8392 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8393 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8394 *
8395 * @since 1.30
8396 */
8397 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8398
8399 /**
8400 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8401 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8402 *
8403 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8404 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8405 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8406 */
8407 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8408
8409 /**
8410 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8411 * For debugging
8412 */
8413 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8414
8415 /**
8416 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8417 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8418 */
8419 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8420
8421 /**
8422 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8423 */
8424 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8425
8426 /**
8427 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8428 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8429 */
8430 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8431
8432 /**
8433 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8434 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8435 */
8436 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8437
8438 /**
8439 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8440 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8441 *
8442 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8443 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8444 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8445 * parameters.
8446 *
8447 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8448 * @code
8449 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8450 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8451 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8452 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8453 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8454 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8455 * 'redisConfig' => []
8456 * ] ];
8457 * @endcode
8458 *
8459 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8460 * @code
8461 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8462 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8463 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8464 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8465 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8466 * ... any extension-specific options...
8467 * ] ];
8468 * @endcode
8469 */
8470 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8471
8472 /**
8473 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8474 */
8475 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8476
8477 /**
8478 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8479 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8480 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8481 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8482 *
8483 * @since 1.21
8484 */
8485 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8486
8487 /**
8488 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8489 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8490 *
8491 * * 'ignore': return null
8492 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8493 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8494 *
8495 * @since 1.21
8496 */
8497 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8498
8499 /**
8500 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8501 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8502 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8503 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8504 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8505 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8506 *
8507 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8508 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8509 *
8510 * @since 1.21
8511 */
8512 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8513
8514 /**
8515 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8516 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8517 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8518 *
8519 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8520 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8521 *
8522 * @since 1.21
8523 */
8524 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8525 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8526 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8527 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8528 ];
8529
8530 /**
8531 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8532 *
8533 * @since 1.20
8534 */
8535 $wgSiteTypes = [
8536 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8537 ];
8538
8539 /**
8540 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8541 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8542 * @since 1.23
8543 */
8544 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8545
8546 /**
8547 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8548 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8549 * @see T67184
8550 * @since 1.24
8551 */
8552 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8553
8554 /**
8555 * Secret for session storage.
8556 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8557 * be used.
8558 * @since 1.27
8559 */
8560 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8561
8562 /**
8563 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8564 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8565 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8566 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8567 * @since 1.27
8568 */
8569 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8570
8571 /**
8572 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8573 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8574 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8575 * be used.
8576 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8577 * @since 1.24
8578 */
8579 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8580
8581 /**
8582 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8583 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8584 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8585 * @since 1.24
8586 */
8587 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8588
8589 /**
8590 * Enable page language feature
8591 * Allows setting page language in database
8592 * @var bool
8593 * @since 1.24
8594 */
8595 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8596
8597 /**
8598 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8599 *
8600 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8601 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8602 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8603 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8604 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8605 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8606 *
8607 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8608 *
8609 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8610 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8611 * 'options' => [
8612 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8613 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8614 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8615 * ]
8616 * ];
8617 *
8618 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8619 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8620 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8621 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8622 *
8623 * Example config for Parsoid:
8624 *
8625 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8626 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8627 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8628 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8629 * ];
8630 *
8631 * @var array
8632 * @since 1.25
8633 */
8634 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8635 'paths' => [],
8636 'modules' => [],
8637 'global' => [
8638 # Timeout in seconds
8639 'timeout' => 360,
8640 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8641 'forwardCookies' => false,
8642 'HTTPProxy' => null
8643 ]
8644 ];
8645
8646 /**
8647 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8648 * these suggestions.
8649 *
8650 * @var bool
8651 * @since 1.26
8652 */
8653 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8654
8655 /**
8656 * Where popular password file is located.
8657 *
8658 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8659 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8660 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8661 *
8662 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8663 * @since 1.27
8664 * @var string path to file
8665 */
8666 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8667
8668 /*
8669 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8670 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8671 *
8672 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8673 * @since 1.27
8674 */
8675 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8676
8677 /*
8678 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8679 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8680 *
8681 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8682 * @since 1.30
8683 */
8684 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8685
8686 /**
8687 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8688 *
8689 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8690 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8691 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8692 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8693 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8694 *
8695 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8696 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8697 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8698 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8699 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8700 *
8701 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8702 *
8703 * @since 1.27
8704 */
8705 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8706 'default' => [
8707 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8708 ]
8709 ];
8710
8711 /**
8712 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8713 *
8714 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8715 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8716 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8717 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8718 *
8719 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8720 *
8721 * @var bool
8722 * @since 1.28
8723 */
8724 $wgPingback = false;
8725
8726 /**
8727 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8728 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8729 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8730 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8731 *
8732 * @since 1.28
8733 */
8734 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8735 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8736 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8737 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8738 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8739 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8740 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8741 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8742 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8743 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8744 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8745 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8746 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8747 ];
8748
8749 /**
8750 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8751 * at Special:Contributions.
8752 *
8753 * @var array
8754 * @since 1.30
8755 */
8756 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8757 'IPv4' => 16,
8758 'IPv6' => 32,
8759 ];
8760
8761 /**
8762 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8763 *
8764 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8765 *
8766 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8767 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8768 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8769 *
8770 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8771 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8772 */
8773 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8774 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8775 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8776 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8777
8778 /**
8779 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8780 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8781 *
8782 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8783 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8784 *
8785 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8786 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8787 *
8788 * @par Example:
8789 * @code
8790 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8791 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8792 *];
8793 * @endcode
8794 */
8795 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8796
8797 /**
8798 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8799 * @since 1.30
8800 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8801 */
8802 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8803
8804 /**
8805 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8806 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8807 * @}
8808 */